Feg - SB - 4th Ed. (1) Student Books
Feg - SB - 4th Ed. (1) Student Books
Feg - SB - 4th Ed. (1) Student Books
FUNDAMENTALS OF
F〈 Э∪RTH EDITION
鷹¨
Betty S. Azar
Stacy A. Hagen
Common 恥 rbs An Reference List
SrMpr-r Sr-upr-e P^sr Snrrr-r SrMPr-ri PAs'r
FoRM PAsr PARTICFI.E FoRM Plsr PARTICIPLE
No part of this publication may be reproduced, srored in a r€trieval sysiem, or ransmitted iD anv form or bv
any means! elecftonicj mechanical, photocoPyins, recordingJ or otheMisei wifiout fie prior permission of the
Azar Associates: Shelley Herle, Ediro! aDd Sue Van Erter, Manager
Staff credirs: The people who made up rhe Frzdazdtals oJ EnElish GraffiLt Foutth Edinoi re"m,
representins editorial! production, desis!, and manufacrurins, are, Dave Dickey, Christine Edmonds,
Ann Fiance, Amy Mccormick, Roberr RuvoJ and Ruth Voetmam.
lllusrations: Don Martinefti-pages 13) 15, 25, 27,40, 59J 64, 68, 70, 76, 92, 106, 115, 129, Ill, 144, 155,
169 , t7 I, t7 2, t7 3, r7 4, ral , lA3, \96, 2O3, 216, 217 , 2r9, 224, 230, 232, 214, 242, 244, 245, 25O, 251,
254 j 258, 263, 266, 27 7 , 27 8, 292, 299, 300, 3O4, 305, 1OA, 109, 313, 327 , 344, 147 , 749, 356, 364, 371,
1,t2,125,t26,165,t66,1a6,202,213,227,229,231,231,260,268,275,276,2a1,119,322,331,)37,
|, 392
338, 160, 363, 377 , 1A6, 3A9, 19
PE1l28-A965 201I
428.2'M.22
2010050069
ISBN 10:0-13-246932-4
ISBN l3r 978-0-r3-2,16932 6
67a910 vo1l 16 15 1.1
For D. P and H. B.
with appreciation
S.H.
Prefoce to lho Four,h Edけ on ……… X
Acknowledgmenis ……… ……… … …… … … … … … … … … … … … … … XⅢ
“ 5
Chopler 3 FUTURET ME
5 6∞ 2582457
3‐ 1 Expressing future rimet be going to and @ill
5
3-2 Forms with 6€ gor'rg r
3‐ 3 Forms s.idr {rru
6667777
3‐ 4 Certainryabourthefurure ......
3-5 Be going a vs.
'a'i
3‐ 6 Expressing the future in time clauses and y'-clauses . . . .
3‐ 7 Using the present progressive to express future rime . . . .
3-8 Using the simple present to express future time ........
3‐ 9 Immediate tufure: using be abour ro
3‐ 10 Parallel verbs
……
4
●
1 ^
Past parti€iple
4
Z
8
3
CONI【 NIS V
4-3 Negalive, questionJ and short-answer fo ............87
tH Present perfect with unspeofied time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4-5 Simple past !s. present perfect ........94
4-6 Presen! perfect progtessive .. ............ 98
4-7 Present perfect progressive vs. present perfect ...... ......101
4-8 Pastperfect.. .. .. . .. ... .. .. 108
Chopter 5 ASKTNG OUESTTONS ...........'lll
5-l Yeyno questions and short answers . . l
Yes/no snd information questions , . - I l4
5-3 Where, u14r', @hen,lDhat time, holD corrw, uha, ...lor t\7
5-4 Questions with ur&o. oho\rn\, and uhot ll9
5-5 Using srrat a form ofdo 12t
5-6 U:JnglJoh;ch and @hat hind ol . . 123
5-7 Using urrose t25
5-8 Using rrotD 127
5-9 Usin9ho{.D olle \29
5-10 Using rroolar 131
5-11 l-engl.h of time: ,', + aahe hou long t32
^nd
5-12 Spoken and written contractions wirh question words l3,l
5-13 More questions \r'ith noq, . . . t37
5-14 Using hou about and @hat aboua 138
5-15 Tag questions 140
vi CONIENIS
7-6 Polite questions: zrould you, cottld you, rrrill yoL can you 189
7-7 Expressing advice, should ought t 190
7-8 Expre\rmg advice: had beuer ^nd.
191
7-9 Expressing necessiqy: haoe to, ha,Je got to, ,nust . - t93
7..10 Expressing lack of necessityt do not hooe to;
Expre.sing prohibition. must not . \95
7-l I Making log,cal conclu\ions: rn xsr 197
7-12 Tag quesrions with modal auxiliaries 199
7-13 Giving instructions:imperative sentences . . . . . . . 200
7-14 Making suggestions let's a\d @lry don't . 203
7-15 Stating preferencei preler, like . .. better,, @ould rather .. 2o4
CONT[NIS v"
Chopler ll COUNT/NONCOuNI NOUNS AND ARTICLES … … … … … … … 290
11-1 Avs,on,.. 290
11-2 Countandnoncountnouns,.,., 292
11-3 Noncount nouns 29つ
11-4 More noncount nouns .........295
11-5 Using serJeial, a lot ol, nany/rnuch, a,Jd areutla little . . . . , . . . . . . . . 297
11‐ 6 Noun! thet can be counl or noncount . ,......300
11-7 Using units ofmeasure with noncount nouns ..,....,.,702
11‐ 8 Guidelines for article usage . . . -.. ........306
11‐ 9 Using rrre oro with names. .. -.. .. . . . .. .315
11‐ 10 Capitalization .............317
Chopler 12 ADJECTTVE CLAUSES ..,.........321
12- 1 Adjective clauses: introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
l2-2 Usingatho and,,ra, in adiective cleuses to describe people ...........322
l2-3 Using object proDouns in adiective clauses to descnbe people . . . . . . . . . . 324
I 2-4 Using pronouns in adiective clauses to desc be things . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
l2-5 Singular and plural verbs in adiective clauses . . . . ........331
12-6 Usiflg prepositions io adjective clauses . . . . . .332
l2-7 Usiflg @rose in adiective clauses . . . . . . . . . . . 336
v"i CONI[NIS
Appendix SuPPLEMENTARY CRAMMAR CHARTS …………… … … …… … … 395
un'A: A‐ 1 ■■e prcscnt pcrft・ ct vs thc past pcrfcct 395
A-2 Ъ e past progressivc vs ie past perict 396
A-3 S′ │″ vs α″ν″ Ore 396
A-4 AdditiOnal verbs fono、 ved bv`″ α ciauses 397
A-5 Additional cxprcssiOns、 itl1 0θ +rrlα
`―
`_clauses 397
unil BI B_l Phrasal vclbs 398
B‐ 2 Phrasal vcrbsi a rcFcrence list 399
unit cI (1_1 1'rcposition combinatiOns:introduction 402
(]-2 PIヾ positiOn combinatiOnst a retrence list 402
CONT[NIS ix
Fundanenrols of English Gramnar is a developmental skills text for lower-intermediate and
intermediate English language learners. It uses a grammar-based approach integmted with
communicative methodologies to promore the development ofall language skills in a variety of
ways. Starting ftom a foundation of understanding form and meaning, srudents elgage in
meaningful communication about real actions, rcal things, and their real lives in the classroom
context. Fun.lomentals ol English Grunnot tunctions principslly as a classroom teaching text
but also serves as a comprehensive reference text for students and teachers.
The eclectic approach and abundant varieo of exercise matedal remain the same as in the
earlier editions, but this fourth edition incorporates new ways and meam. In particular:
. WARM.IJ'P EXERCISES FORTHE GRAMMAR CHARTS
Newly created for the fourth edition, these innovative exercises precede the gmmmar charts
and introduce the point(s) to be taught. They have been carefrlly crafted to help students
drciz,ar rhe target grammar as they progress tlrough each warm-up exercise.
. LISTENING PRACTTCE
Numerous listening exercises help srudcnts interact with the spoken language in a variery
ofsenings that range fiom the relaxed, casual speech of everyday convenation to more
academic content. An audio CD accompanies the studenr text, and a full listening script
can be found in the back ofthe book.
. READINGS
Students can read and respond to a wide selection of readings that focus on the target
grammar structure(s) .
. WRITING TASKS
New writing activities thar practice target structues have been created for every chapter. A
writing sample precedes each task so students have a model to follow.
. EXPANDED SPEAIqNG ACTIITTIES
S$dents have even more opportunities to share drei experiences, express their opinions,
and relate the target Brammar to their personal lives. The text often uses the students' own
life experiences as context and regularly introdu€es topics ofinterest to stimulate the fiee
expression ofideas in structured as well as open discussions
. CORPUS-INFORMED CONTENT
Based on our corpus research, grammar content has been added, deleted, or modified to
reflect the discou$e patterns of spoken and wr:itten English.
X
TIPS FOR USING THE NEIT FEATURES IN THIS TEXT
Thevarm-Up exercises are a briefpre-teaching tool for the charrs. They highlight tle key
point(s) thar will be introduced in the chart that follows the Varm-Up exercise. Before
beginning the rask, reachers will want to familiarize themselves wirh rhe material in the
chart. Then, with the teacher's guidance, students can discover many or sometimes all of
the new patterns as they complete thevarm-Up activity. After studenrs finish the exercise,
teachen may find thar no further explanetion is necessary, and the charrs can serve as a
usetul reference.
. LISTBNTNG
The Listening exercises have been designed to help srudenrs Understand American English
as it is actually spoken. As such, ir includes reductions and orher phenomena that are part
ofthe natural, relaxed speech of everyday English. Because rhe audio uses English rhat
may be spoken at a rate faster than whar srudenrs are used to, rhey may need to hear
sentences two or three times while completing a task.
The Listening exercises do not encourage immediate pronunciation (unless they are
linked to a specific pronun€iarion task). Receptive skills precede productive ones, and it is
essential that students be able to hear the speech pattems before they begin using them in
tieir own speech.
Students are encouraged to listen to longer passages the first time though without
looking at their text- 'fbache$ can then explain any vocabulary that has nor already been
clarified. During the second listening, students complete the assigned rask. Teachers will
want to pause the audio appropriately. Depending on the level ofrhe class, pauses may be
needed after every sentence, or even witlrin a sentence,
ft is inevirable rhat sound representations in rhe text will at times differ from rhe
instuctor's speech, whether it be due to register or regional variation. As a gereral rule, if
the instructor expects that students will hear a variation, or if students themselves raise lhe
questions, alternate representations can be presented,
A listening script with all the listening exercises can be found at the back ofthe book.
. READINGS
The Readings give srudents an opportunity to work wirh rhe gmmmar structures in extended
contxrs. One approach is to have studenrs read rhe passage alone the 6nt time rhrough.
Then fiey work in small groups or as a class to clarify vocabulary questions. A second reading
may be necessary. Varied reading task rhen allow srudenrs ro check rheir comprehension, to
use the target strlLctEes! and to expand upon rhe ropic in speaking or wriring.
. WRITING TASXS
As students gain confidence in using the targer srructures, rhey are encouraged to €xpress
fieir ideas in complete paragraphs. A model paragreph accompanies each assignment and
questjon-promprs help students develop their ideas.
Peer editing can be used for correction. A useful technique is ro pair students, have
them exchange paperc, and then have rhe pdfrr?rread the paragraph aloud- The wrirer can
l?eal ifthe conrenr is what he or she intended. This also keeps the writer ftom
automatically self-corecting while reading aloud. (Self-correcting can be a problem if
writers are unaware thar they are making corrections as they read.)
For classes that have nor had much experience with w ring, the teacher may wanr ro
assign students ro small groups. Each group composes a paragraph rogether. The reacher
collects the paragraph and adds commenrs, and rhen makes a copy for each group
member. Stud€nrc correct i\e parugraph indiiridually.
PR[FAC[ Xi
v,hen correcting student writiflg, teachers may waot to focus primarily on the structures
taught in the chapter.
. LET,S TAL(
Each Irt's Talk activity is set up as one of the following: pairwork, small 8?oup, class
activity, interview, or geme. Successful language learning requires social interaction,
and these tasks encourage students to speak with others about their ideas, their everyday
lives, and the world around them. Students tend to speak more easily and freely when they
can connect language to their own knowledge and experiences.
. Tbst-Generator sokware that allortrs teachers to customize their own tests using quizzes
and tests from the ?isr BarA.
. Azar. Inaeiacaite, a computer-based program keyed to the text, provides easily understood
contenr, all-new exercises, rcadings, lisrening and speaking actieiues, and comprehensive
tests.
. fhrrerPora, prcsentations for key chapters. Based on real-world readings, these lessons
are designed for use in the classroom as "beyond-the-book" activities. They can be found
in the new ??aclrert Ga,ir? or downloaded from AzarGtammoLcom.
. A Chafibooh, a rcference book consisting only of the Srammar charts.
. Aaarctarn nai.com, a website that provides a variety of supPlementery clessroom
materials and a place where teacherc can support each other by sharing their knowledge
and experience.
. Fun uith Grctmnar, a teacher resource text by Suzaone Woodwerd with commuoicalive
activities coffelated with the Azar-Hagen Grammar Series lt is available as a text or as a
danfi\load on Azafirammat com.
xii PR[FAC[
We couldn\ have done fiis fourth editior withour rhe many talented professionals who assisted
us. We began our revision with fie insights and suSgestions from rhese rcviewers: Michael
Berman, Montgomery College; Jeff Bette,Westchesrer Community College; Mary Goodman,
Everest University; Linda Gossard, DPT Business School, Denver; Roberta Hodges, Sonoma
State American Ilnguage Institute; SuzaDne Kelso, Boise Srate Univeftiry; Sreven Ilsswell,
Santa Barbsra City College; Diane Mahin, University of Miami; Maria Mitchell, DP'f Business
School, Philsdelphia; Monica Oliva, Miami Sunset Adult Center; A[ly Parker, Universiry of
Michigan; Casey Peltier, Northern Virginia Community College.
We are fortunate to have an outstanding edirorial staffwho oversaw this book from planning
to production. rre'd like to thank Shelley Harde, managing editor extraordinaire, whose
meticulous and perceprive editing shaped every page;Amy Mccormick, editorial direcror,
whose vision, anenti!'eness, and care for the series guided our wriring; Rurhvoermann,
development editor, for he. keen eye, valuable advice, and unfailing patience; Janice Baillie, our
outstandinS copy-editor who scrutinized and honed every page; SueVan Etten, our
accomplished and very talented business and web-sire manager; Roberr Ruvo, our skilled and
responsive production manager at Pearson Education.
We'd also like to express our appreciation ro the writers of the supplementary texts: Rachel
Spack Koch, lYorkbook; Kelly Roberts Veibel, ??sr Bdr&j and Marrha Hall, Teacher\ Gride,T\ey
have greatly enriched the sedes with tleir innovative ideas and creativity.
Finally, we'd like to thank the dedicated leedership ream ar Pearson Education that guided
this project: PieEo Alongi, Rhea Banker, and Paula Van Ells.
The colorful arrwork is due to tle inspired talents ofDon Martinetri and Chris Pavely.
Finally, we would like to thanl< our families, who supporred and encouraged us every srep of
the way. Thev are a continual source of rnspiralion.
Betty S. Azar
StacyA. Hagen
X‖ │
J Exercise L Lislening ond reoding.
a, Por. I. Listen to the conversation between Sam and Lisa. They are college students in
(g California. They are beginning a weeklong rraining to be resident assistants* for their dorm.
,',"1,'. They a.e i"terriewing each orher. l-ater they will introduce each other to the group.
rmir dBrarr = a studor sho li6 in a domirory md helps .rha 3ddoB with *rydsy ljf. in rhe domi also cdl.d 4 ..RA. ,
Par, rr. Read rhe conversarion in Part I. Use the information in the convelsation to complete
Sam's introduction of Lisa to the class.
SAM: I would like to introduce Lisa Parerson. Lisa is ftom Bootan . She has been here
Par, 11L Now it is Lisa's tum to inEoduce Sam to the class. $?hat is she going to say? Create
an intloduction. Begtn urith I &otld lihc ao introduce Sarn.
2 CHAPTER t
」 Exercls€ 4. Worm-up. (Chorh l-t ond t-2)
Read the statements and circle J,€r or,o.
Choose responses that are true for you. Share your
answers with a partner (e.g.,I Lte a compuw eagry dq. oR I don't use a conpu,er eoery daJ.)-
Your parmer will report your information to the class (e.g., En; dre L\e a conpu,er ewry doy.).
"
l.
n n n
0 0 0
I use a computer every day. ves
2. I am sitting in ftont of a compurer right [ow. yes
(a) Ann t kes a show€r 6yery day. The siMpLE pFEsENr expresses daily
(b) Lsualr read lhE newspaper in ha ts at usual activilies, as in (a)
the morning. and (b).
(c) Babies cry. Birds ,ry. The simple presenl expresses gereral
slatenents of fact, as in lcl.
(d) xEGAnvE:
ln general,lhe simple presonl is used
ll doesn'l saow in Bangkok.
lor events or situations lhal o(isl
(€) oJEsroar: always, usually, or habitually in the
Does th6 ieach€r sp€rl slowly? past, presenl, and future,
Present Progresslve Ann can'l coms to lhe phon6 The PBESENT pFoGBEssvE expresses an
/&rhl ,ow because she /9 teking activity that is in prcgress (is occuftin1,
is happening) tght now.
I am reacling my $amnet book The evenl is in progr€ss al lh6 time the
speaker is saying the senlence. Th€
Jimmy and Susie are babies. event began in the pasl, is in progGss
]-f,ey ate crylng. I can l\eat now, and will probably conlinuo inlo lhe
lhem right now. Maybe they ar6 lulure.
hungry FDRM: Am,lS, aft + -lng
Pr6seni Tim€ 3
1‐ 2 ofthe Sfunple Present and the Present Progressive
Simple Present Present Progressive
師“β”” ”“6““
STAT[MENT │ wo″ ln,
You wfl“ lng
He, Shs, ll works- He,She,L wo“ lng
We lγ Ortlag
They lort7● 9
筋ルにル“
QUEST10N Do I work? I
Do you work?
Ooes he. she, it wotk? he, she, il
Do we wo*?
Do lhoy wotk?
Contractions
′ +an
/Oピ │″ a tlley + are ― Yoυ reじere rhey re wo「 日n0
わesわ θ ″ + ls ‐ ′イeb She● ′
Ҭ
rb work ng
+ +
4 cHAPTE'1
Lu[ch at the Fiie Stetion
It's I 2:30, and the firefi ghtets are ioaiting lor a\eir next call. They are raAirg rheir lunch
break. Ben) Rita) and Jada a/? stt nS'at a table ill the fue starion. Their co-worker Bruno
3
$ ,[a/tirrg lunch for them. He is an excellent cook. He often ,n a&er lunch. He ;rrring spicy
456
chicken and rice. 'f,r.eir captain in\ eering. He ii doirrg paperwork. He si;ps lunch on busy
B: lt (rrar, to sprinkle.
Presenl Ime 5
6 A: bok lt'sYumiko
B: Wncre,
A:Ovcrthcrc She O麒) out of the caf6.
6xing it yoursel?
6 cHAPTERl
-l Exercise 10. Gome: lrivio. (choris r-r ond l-2)
Work in small groups. Complete each se[tence with the corecr form of rhe verb in
parentheses. Then circle "T" for uue or "F" for false. The $oup with the most corecr
answers wins.a
T T
F F
9
Pros€nl lim€ 7
□
ヨ □
I'artner B
J □
8 cHAPTEP:
tr Exercis€ 12. Lel's reod ond unlls, (chofi l-l qnd l-2)
.Phl, L Read the paragraph and answer the questions.
Hair Fects
Here are some interesting facts about our hair. Humen heir grows about one-half inch
per month or 15 centimeters a year. The hair on our scalp is dead. That's why it doesn't hurt
when we get a haircut. The av€ftge person has about 100,000 strerds ofhair.i Every day we
lose 75 to I 50 strands of hair. One strand of hair grows fot two ro seven years. After ir stops
growiflg, it rests for a while and then falls ou!. Hair grows faste! in warmer wearher, end
women\ hair $ows faster than men's hai!.
Qkstin s:
l. How fasr does hair grow?
2. Why don't haircuts hurt?
3. About how many strands ofhair are on your head right now?
4. Where is a good place to live if you want your hair to gtow fesrer?
Ibr'r IL Choose one pert of the body, for example: fingernails, ski[, eyebrows, eyes, heart,
lungs, etc. Make a list of interesring facts about this pert of the body. Organize rhe facrs inro a
paragraph. Begin with the given topic sentence. Nol€. lfyou ere researching informatioo on
the Inremet, search this topic: "interesting _ facts" (e.9., ioteresring hair facts).
Topir sentznce: Here are some inreresting facts about our _ .
I skip brealdast.
4
-
5
PrcsentTime 9
﹄ 叫︲︲︲︲︲︲▼﹄
Frequency adverbs usually occur in the middle ol a
s€nlence and have special positions, as shown in
u6ually examples (a) through (e) below.
0
,
,
otlen
¨
The adverbs in boldlace may also occur al the
(c) Do you arways eat b€akfasl? ln a question, lrequency adveds come directly aller
rhe subjecl.
(d) Ann usurrly doesr't eal broaklast. ln a negaiive sentence, mosl lrequency adverbs come
in lrcnr ol a negative velb (excepl always and evetl.
(€) Sue do6sn'l arrrys eal broaHast- Afivrys lollows a negalive helping verb, as in (e), or a
coRRECr: Anna rlevea eals meat. Negalivo advebs (serdom , rarely, hadly evea nevet)
tNcoRRECr: Anna doesn l never eal neat ar6 Nor us€d wilh a negalivs v€rb.
Doyou evel aake lhe bus lo work? Evθ ′is used in questions aboutirequenc,as in(g) t
(9)
- I do. ! often lak€ lhe bus. means'at any lmel
-Y6s.
Fyer s aso used wlh nol as n(h)
(h) I don'leverwalk lowork.
tNco,TAEcr: I evet walk to wotk. =VeriS NOT uSed in statementS
10 CHAPIERl
&r, II. Walk around rhe room and find people who do rhe activities with the same frequency
as you.
Exonpb:
SPEAKER A: I always take the bus to school. Do you always iake the bus ro school?
SpEdr<rR B: No, I don'r. I sometirbes take the bus to school. Do you usually go to bed lsre?
SPEAT.ER A: Yes, I do. I usually go to bed late.
PresonlTime I I
」 Exorcise 17. Looking sl grommor. (chod l-3)
Complete the sentences using the information in the chart. Use a ftequency adverb in each
sentence to describe Mia's weekly activities.
ヽlia'sヽ ルtck S M Tu ヽ ‐ F S
ヽ
2. make breekfast ヽ ヽ ヽ
3. go to the gl',n X X X X X
5. cook dinner X X X ヽ X X X
6. read a book X X ヽ ヽ X X
ヽ X
8. go to bed early
2 She breakfast.
5 She dinner.
6 She a book.
7 She
12 cHAme I
□ Exercise I9. Wolm-up. (chort l-4)
Combine the given words inro sentences. Add -s where necessary. Do not add any orher words.
1. A dolphin \ swim
2. Dolphin \ swim
le) A bhd sings outside my window. A singular velb lollows a singular sublect.
lf sl,19s loudly. Add -slo lhe simple present verb i, the subject is
Ar,, sirgs beautifully, (1) a singular noun (e.9., a bird, Ann, Tom\ ot
Sne s,ngs songs to herchildren
12) he, she, ot it.t
Tom sings very well.
lre slngs professionally.
r,{?,.,ud,ireihidpersonsinsnlarperson.tlronouns.SeeCher6Io,p.I64,formorcinformarionabourpelsonalp.onou.s
Sentence
1. Plants grow quickly in \rarm weather.
2. Ali lives in an apartment
3. Bettina listens to rhe radio every morning.
4 The srudenrs at this school work hard.
5. An ambulance rakcs sick peoplc to rhe hospital.
Ambulances take sick people ro the hospital.
'7. Cell phones offer rext messaging.
8. The carth revolvcs around the sun.
Present Time I3
コ︵Cn Exercise 21. tistening. (chort l -4)
Listed to the statements. Add -s where necessery \vrite O if no _s is needed
¨
Natural disasters: a flood
1. The weather I causeg some natuml disasterg
-,
コ lxercise 22.Worm・
- 1-5)
up.(chor1
-
や″rite thc third Pcrson form for cach verb undcr the corrcct heading Can you rlgure out the
rules for when to add― s,― 鯰 ,and― ies'
(b) ide
子 71des Many velbs end in {. Final -a is simply added.
wnte wrlles
lix →
Final -6s is pronounc€d /t/ and adds a syllaue.'
buzz →
→ rlles lf a word ends in a consonant + -y, change tie -yto -iand add '.4, as an (d)
(d)iy
(l) So + goes The singularJorms ol lhe verbs go, do, and rave are irregular'
do r does
hav€ + hrs
rs.e Ch.n 6- l , p. l,l?, for morc inlomrion about tbc prcNnciarion of fnal -'l_@
'ryowh = !, .. i, o, u. Consonec = .I oth( left€rs in rh. alphabcr.
14 CHAPT[Rl
tr Exercise 23. Looking ol grommor. (Chorts t-4 ond I-5)
Underline the ve.b(s) in each sentence. Add final -s/-es ifnecessary. Do not change any
other words.
a
1. A fiog iq!qp^.
2. Frcss iq4E ' (tto chanse)
3. A boat float on water.
4. Rivers flow toward the sea.
5. My mother worry abour me.
6. A student buy a lot ofbooks at the beginning ofeach rerm.
7. Airplanes fly all around the world.
8. The teacher ask us a lot ofquestions in class every day.
9. Mr. Cook watch game shows onTV every evening.
10. \X/ater freeze at i2.F (0.C) and boil at 212.F (100.C).
1 1. Mrs. Thylor never cross dre street in the middle of a block. She always walk to
the comer
and use the crosswalk.
1 1 [alk 0
1 2 3
│ヽ
'● kiss studv
■
4 tcach_
m b
︲ 。
x
try_
5
α
5, mo!.e carry_
PresenlTime I5
J Exercise 26, Gome, (chork t-4 qnd r-5)
Your teacher will assign each student en item number. (If there ar€ fewer than 24 students,
some students will have two numbers. If there are more than 24 students, some students will
have the same nurnber.) Find your number in the list and write dre words that appear beside
it on a slip ofpaper. Then close your book.
r00alk around the classroom and say your words to other classmates. You are looking for
the other half ofyou, sentence. Vhen you 6nd the person with the other half, combine the
information on both of your slips ofpaper into a sentence.
lvrite the sentence on t}Ie board or on a piece of paper. Make changes to the verb if
necessary.
Exomtlz: l. Ast^r
2. shine in the sky at night
- A stat shines in the sbt a, night.
l. A car ll. An elephant
2. causes air pollution. 12. A hurricane
3. stretch when you pull on it. 13. produce one-fouth ofthe world's coffee.
4. A hotel 14. Oceans
5. support a huge variety ofmarine life. 15 use its long trunk like a hand to pick
6. Abee things uP'
7. Does exercise 16. Brazil
8. cause great desEuction when it lT supply its guests with clean towels'
land.
reaches 18. A rubber band
9. A river lq. collects nectarr from flowers.
lO. improves your health? 20. flows downhill.
16 cHAmR r
Some vorbs are generally not ussd in progressive tonses'
(a)
tNcoRRECf: I am knowing Ms. Chen. These vebs are called "non-action verbs."r They express
a srluation that exists, nol an aclion in progress.
(b) l'm hungry. I wanta sandwich.
tNcoBRECf: I em wanting a sendwich.
le lko lorget
be teve
ex st love
think
understand hate
seem agree
know belong
disagree
mean look liko
(l) Tom ,,rs a car. ln (l): When nav6 means "own or exprssses possession'
ii is nol used ln lh€ progressive.
(g) I m l,avirg a good lim6 ln (g): ln oxprcssions where havadoes nol mean "own"
\e.g., have a goocl time, have a bac! tine have trouble.
have a ptoblem, haw lunch, have a snack have cofipany
have an opeationt. have can be us€d ln the progrossive'
4. A: a good time?
a. Are you having b. Do you have
B: -Yes, I m)self.
a. am enjoying b. I enjoy
-
Presenl Time I7
5. A: Therc's goes Salna on her new Ecing bike.
Bi Yeah, she reelly_ bikes.
s. is loving b. loves
A: ThaCs for sure! She _ several.
a. is owning b. owns
18 cHAP[Ee I
(″ち ら
″:ωり in ghosts?
B: No. In my opinion, ghosts (rjflsr) onl!, in people\
imaginations.
Pres€nt Time l9
1・ 7 1
Question
ouEsTroNs wrTH oolooEs Yes he llkes tea
No he doesnl,ke tea
s Yoko a student?
′ Yes, she is (she's) a sludenl.
No, shet nol a slud6nt. oR
No she isn't a studenl
3 A: (ッ フ r卜c″ へ 7・
"“
) a lot of emails?
“
B: Ycs, I(′ lots of emails all rhc rimc.
`)
20 cHAmR r
5. A: (Jean, ywly) at ihe library riis evening?
B: No, She (6, at the gym. She
(ρ lal) rable tennis $ith her fricnd.
* (lean, play\ table tennis every evening?
B: No, She usuall]- (rrr./d,},) at the librarr'.
A: (she, be) a good player?
Presenl Time 2I
tr ExelcBe 34, lefs iolk ltdervieuv. (chod I-7)
Make questions with the given words. Then walk around the room and ask and answer
questions. Your aflswerc should have both a short and a long response.
22 cHAPI〔 Rl
2. A: \ifhar are the childrcn doing? (they, wotrh) TV?
B: No, rhey . They (p1a-)') outside.
r@a, rr"e, = fiu aslcep Mrurarly by closinA }Dur cy.s sd couriDg imsinall, sh..p
Presenl Time 23
I Exercis€ 37. Peoding, giommor, ond lislening. (chopter I)
Parr L Read the passage aIld choose the correct completions.
Aerobic Exercise
Jeremy and Nancy believe exercise is important. They go to an exelcise class three times a
week. They like aerobic exercise.
Aerobic exercise is a special tlpe ofexercise. It increases a person's heart rate. Fast
walking, running, and dancing are examples ofaerobic exercise. During aerobic exercise, a
person's heart beats fast, This brings more orygen to the muscles. Muscles work longer when
they have more oxygen.
Right now Jeremy alld Nency are listening to some lively music. They are doing special
dance steps. They are exercisiog dilferent parts oftheir body.
How ebout vou? Do you like to €xercise? Do your muscles get exercise every week? Do
you do some rlpe ofaerobic exerc$e?
Aeroblc Exercfue
person's heart rate. Fast walking, running, ard dancing exarnplcs oF aerobic
more oxygen.
24 cHAmP I
How about you? to exercise? vour
14 1●
Omar's Visit
ownS
(l ) My ftiend Omar i&€r*EiEg his own car now. lth brand new.i Today he driving ro a
small town north of the city to visit his aunt. He love ro listen to music, so rhe CD player is
play one ofhis favorite CDs loudly. Omar is very happy: he is drive his o\r,'rt car and listen
to loud music. He's look forward to his visir with his eunt.
(2) Oma. is visiting his aunt once a week. She's elderly and live alone. She is thinking
Omar a wonderi nephew. She love his visirs. He rry to be helpfirl aod considerate iJl cv€ry
way. His aunt don't hearing well, so Omar is speaks loudly and clearly when he,s with her.
(3) \?hen he's fiere, he 6x rhings for her around her aparEnent and help her wirh her
shopping. He isn'r sraying v.ith her overnighr. He usually is sraying for a few hours and then is
heading beck to rhe city. He kiss his aunt good-bye and give her a hug before he is leaving.
iaBd@ =.omplcr.lydd
Presenl'Iime 25
」 Exorcise l. Worm-up. (chort 2-l)
Check(′ ) the statements that are true for you. Share your answers with a partner.
1 _ I stayed up late last night.
2 _ I slepr well last night.
3 _ I was tired this morning.
(a)Mary walked drlwntc wn veso′ ″ The simple pastis used to talk about acliv ties or s tualions that began
′Sbrdaン ●s,■ 011●Vο あ20チ 0)
(b)1 3reprfOr e19ht hoり rS● S'noわ ′ and ended n the pasl(eg days agο
lc) Bob srayed home ysslsday moming. Most simp e past veOs areヽ med by addin9‐ edtoa veO as n(a)
(d) Our plane /ardedon limo last nighl. (C)and(d)
(e)laに breaklastth s morn n0 Soms velbs nave irrssular pasi lorms, as in (b), (e), and (l). See chari
(I)Sue roo々 a taxito the a rpOn yesterday 2-4.
(g) I wasbusy yeslerday. Th€ simple past lorms ol t€ ate was and werc.
(h) They were ai home lasi n ghl.
SHORT ANSVVER Yss, l, you, she, he, il, w6, they dd. oF No, l, you, sh6, h€, it, we,lhev drd,'t
SHORT ANSVVER l, she, he, was Yss we. You. ihsy wete.
O
,
26
J Exercisa 2. Looking ol glommor. (Chorr 2-t)
Create your own chart by wriring rhe negarive and question forms ofthe words in rialrcs. Omit
the rest of each sefitence.
Negative Question
l. He ieeded watet. He didn't need Oia hc nccd
Pos,■ me 27
コ Exercise 5. lislening, (chorl 2-l)
′0 1
The diferences between uaslrDas'i'a and uteielrosten't cen be hard to hear in spoken
English. The "t" in the negauve contraction is often dropped, end you may only hear an /n/
1
1
1
︲
sound.
Par, lL Circle the words you hear. Before you begin, you mey want to check your
understanding of these wotdsi v)edding, nerwus, excited, ceremofiy, recePtion
At a wedditrS
Drop final -€. Double final consonant. Change -re to -y. Just add -t'ng.
Add -irs. Add -ins. Add -ins.
Par, ,l writ€ the -ed form of each verb under the correct heading.
Double final consorunt. Change -, to -i. Jusr add -ed Just add -d.
Add -ed Add -ed.
28 CHAPIER 2
End of Double the Sirnple
17erb Consonant? Form -ing -ed
で NO (a) smib smiling smiled ‐
fng form:Dropthe t aOd lng
hope hop ng hoped ‐
ed io「 mi 」ust add‐ こ
YES ONE― SYLLABLE VERBS lJ lhe verb has one syllable and ends ln
+ One one vowel + one consonanr. double the
(d) stop slopping stopped
consonanl lo make the -irg or -edlorm.i
plan planning planned
NO TWO― SYLLABLE VERBS l, ihe firsl syllable ol a lwo-syllable verb s
slressed. do nol double the consonant.
visiting visited
otlering offered
YES 0:燻
:鳳 増腑lξ!
li lhe second syllable ol a lwo'syllable
verb is stressed. double lhe consonanl.
ツ NO (S) play playing played lf lhe verb ends in a vowel + -y, keep lhe
enjoy enioying enjoyed -y. Do nol change lhe -rlto -l
(h) worry worrying worried ll lhe verb ends n a consonani r -y, keep
sludy stuclying sludied the -y for the -irg lorm, bul change lhe -y
lo -i lo make the -ediorm.
‐
fe (1)Oie dying died ‐
lngfOrmi change the letoヴ and
e ty ng ued add fng
“ ‐
ed io「 mi 」ustadd d
-inc ‐θ′
1 wait
2 clean
3 plant
4 plan
5 hope
6 hop
Post Ime 29
7. play
8. study
9. try
10. die
・Lい 赫 ,
ξ TttTW泄 壁翌空
pCclal狐 m o spellll■
6. '$0e
the party.
2. staY
j take took l;akeh takinc
4. give
5. be
30 CHAPTER 2
'arts of a Verb
Regular Verbs
SIMPLL「 ORM SIMPLE PAST PAST PARTICIPLE PRESENT PART1CIPLE
iinish linished linishing
stop slopped sloppod stopping
いope hoped hoped hoping
wat waiting
play played played playing
try tied lri€d wang
Irregular Verbs
see seeing
make making
sln0 sang sung singing
eat earing
put put pul puning
90 gone going
(2)THE S MPLE PAST The simple peai ends in -€d lor regular verbs. Most verbs are regular, but
many common verbs have ifiegular pasl forms Se6 the relerence lisl ol
irregularvelbs lhal,ollows in Charr 2-4.
(3)THE PAST PARTIC,PLE The pasl parllclple also ends in -edJor regular velbs. Some verbs are
irregular. lt is used in perlect tenses (Chapter 4) and lhe passive
(Chapier 1o).
(4)TH E PR ESENT PARTICIPLE The pre6ent partlclplo ends in rhg (for both regular and irregularvebs). tt
is used in progressivo l€nses (e.9., the present progrcssive and the past
prcsrcssive).
Paslnme 31
SIMPLI SIヽ lP旺 IAST 4PLE
Siム SINII u PASi
FORNl PAS r PARTICH'LL FORM PAST IARTK■ PI E
Oe lent lent
91Ve given s″ am 9″ um
90ne took taken
9。
taught laじ ght
9rOW 9'OWn
hang hung hun9 tore torn
h“ h( ht understood understood
いold held upset upset
hurt hurt woke7waked woken/・ vaked
32 cHAP':R2
f, Exercis€ I0. tooking ol gr€mmor. (chod 2-4)
Complete the sentences. Use the simple past of any irregular verb that makes sense.
More than one answer may be possible.
l. Alima walked to the office today. Rebecca drave her car. Olga
her bikc Yoko rhe bus.
2
Katya had a choice between a blue raincoar and a brown one. She finally
the blue one.
5- Ilst night around midnight, when I was sound asleep, the telephone
It
night.
Posl Ime 33
J Erercise I l. looking qt gtqmmor. (choft 2-l , 2-4)
Create your o\trTr chalt by writing the simple past, negative, and question forms of the words in
rralrar. Om,r the re\t ofeach \enlence,
A brolen arae
Imagine that you came to class today with a big cast on your arm. You slipPed on some ice
yesterday and fell down.
l. Did you have a bad day yesterday? ' Yes,I had a bad dav ves.edat.
2. Did you fall down?
3. Did you hun you$elfwhen you fell down?
4. Did you break your arm?
5. Did you go to the €mergency room?
Change roles.
6. Did you see a doctor?
?. Did you sit in the waiirng room for a long time?
8. Did the doctor put a cast on your arm?
9. Did you pay a lot of mon€y?
lO. Did you come home exhausted?
34 CHAPTTR 2
3 A:(″ ち ″ ) away last weekend?
B: No, | (stay) home because I (/rd1, ,or)
good.
Srr-u TIoN l: Whirlwind Wendy is energetic and does everlthing very quickly. Here is her
tyT'ical morning.
Actittities:
wake up at 4:00 A.M.
clean her apart Dent
ride her bike five miles
get vegetables from her garden
watch a cooking show on TV
make soup for dinner
bring her elderly mother a meal
read the day's paper
fix herself lunch
Yesurday, Wendy .. .
up at 4:00 A.M.
he$elf a snack.
Poslnme 35
SITUAToN 2: Sluggish Sam is lazy and slow' He doesn't get much done in e dey. Here is his
qpical day.
Actilrities:
sleep for 12 hours come home
wake up at noon lie on the couch
take two hours to eet breakfast think about his busy life
go fishing begin dirurer st 8:00
fall asleep on his boat finish dinner et I I :00
Yesteday,Sam...
l. olept for 12 hours.
2
hiking.
■
home,
7
on his bed.
&
dinner at 5:oo.
0
diiner at I1r00.
36 CHAPTER 2
J Exercise 16. laslening. (chods 2-r '2-4)
a- I\t I. Did ls often reduced at the beginning of questions. The pronoun that follows did may
Lo also chanee. Lisren ro the reduced Dronunciarion\ wifi drA
'""" t. Did yo., ' Did-ja Did you forser somethins?
腕 り Did you forgct sorncthing,
`
2 Did I ―→ ,カ イ Did l forgct somcthng,
Dl Did l fOrgct sOmcthh♂
3 Did hc → D"認 レ Did he forgct sOmetl■ lg,
Dβ Did hc forgct somcthing,
4 Did she → D′ み‐
sみ θ Did shc fOrget sometl■ ung7
5 Did wc → D力 刊ι Did we forget something,
6. Did rhey + Dih-thq) Did they forget something?
Ihr, II. You will hear questions. Complete each answer with the non-reduced form ofthe verb
Posl■ me 37
J Exercise 18. looking ot g]ommor. (chorts 2-l ' 2-4)
Rewrite the paragraph. Use the past tense. Begin your new paragraph wl1d\ Yesterday ,iorning.
The Daily News
Every rnorning, Jake reads the newspaper online. He wants to know the latest news. He
enjots rhe business section most. His wife, Eva, doesnl read any newspape$ on her computer.
She downloads them on her ebook'reader. She looks at rhe fronr pages 6rst. She doesn\ have
a lot of time. She fnishes the articles later in the day. Both Jake and Eva xle very
knowledgeable about the day's events.
,Part IL Open your book and read the statemeDts. Circle "T" for true and "F" for false.
Para zL Listen to the passage again. Complete the sentences with th€ words you hear.
A Deadlv Flu
B 一
i n
u l
Every year, the flu 200,000 to 300,000 people around the world. ln
3t cHAmR 2
」 Exercise 20,Worm‐ up::istening (chOr1 2-5)
岬
︵
O direlnRI]:::CaCh pair oF verbs Dccidc r thc vcrb endings havc thc sarnc sotlnd or a
2 ′
′ d ′
∝ν 4 t d ′
od7
stayld′
Posl Tims 39
」 lxercise 22.ustening.(choplerl ond Chor1 2‐ 5)
LStCn to each semence and choosc thc cOrrcct comメ C■ On
♂ I"α 771p7F YOu wnlhcar 、たЧ
Юrkcd lll
橋
=ヽ You will choosc: 五8hi no‐
Listen to the past tense pronunciation of each word. Vrite the -ed endiflg you hear: /t/, /d/, or
¨
P● γ′i Listen lo thc conversatlon bet、 veen t、 vo fliends about thclr、 veckcnds and ans、 vcr the
¨
qucsllons
40 CHAPT[R2
Ihr,IL Complete the conversation with youI parrner. IJse past tense verbs. Practice sayng it
until you cao do it without looking at your book. Then change roles and creete a new
conversation. Perform one of the conversatioN for the class.
A: Did you have a good weekend?
B: Yeah,l
A: Really? Thar sounds like tun!
B: it grearl I
How about you? How was your weekend?
I
Column A Column B
l. I looked at the limousine. a First I looked et the limousine.
The movie star was waving Then the movie star waved.
out the window. b. First the movie star began waving.
^ι
Posimme 41
S mp!e Past (a)Mary lvaked downtown yesterday The slMPLE PASTiS used io talk about
an ac″ Й″ or s′
(b)l Srept10r e19ht hours lasi n19ht "atlon
en“ d ata″ rllcυ 力r fllar
ilme"●be9an
e"sIand
OuEST10N レas
ν ,she,he, t wo*in9?
Were "u.we,they
SHORT ANS,VER Yes, l, sh6, h6, il wrs. Yes, )ou, we, they were.
No, l, she, h6, il rvasn'l No, you, we, they werer'l
42 CHAPTER 2
」 Exercise 26, Looking ol glommor. (chort 2-6)
Complete each sentence with the simple past or pest progressive form ofthe verb(s) in
parent}leses.
At 6:00 PM. Roben sat down at the table and began ro eat. Ar 6:05, Roberr (?ar)
---!a93a !0- dinner.
l. In other words, when Ann (cor ?) through the door, Robert (?d,
dinner.
4
Robert left his house at 8:00 A.M- and (regrr) to walk to class.
Mr. Ito.
L When Robert (re€) MI Ito,hc(`″ ηυ) in his
dri\te\pay. He (hod)
PosI面 me 43
」 Erercise 27. looking ol grommqr. (chod 2-6)
Complete rhe sentences, orally or in writing, using the information in rhe chart. Use the
simple past for one clause and the past proglessive for the other.
sit in a caf€ ordcr a salad pay a few bills spill coffee on her lap
stand in an elevator send a text message run into an old friend drop her glasses
clevator.
一
′ ^
44 CHAPTER 2
-l Exercise 28. Let's tolk. (chor 2-6)
Your teacher will tell two studenrs to perform a rask. After rhey do, two other students will
descnbe lt. Only the teacher's book is open.
To STUDENTB: Open the door. (Student B o?ent the door.) Whst did you iust do?
STLDENTB: I opened the door.
To STUDEN.T A: Please stop wriring.
To STLDENT C: Describe the two acrions rhat iusr occurred, using rulren.
STLDENT C: lyhen ( _ ) opened the door, ( _ ) was writing on rhe board.
-l ExerEise 29.
pair
looking qt grommo]. (chort 2-6)
Read each ofsentences and answer the question.
1. a. Julia was eating breakfasr. She heard the breaking newsi reporr.
b. Sara heard the breaking news report. She ste breaKast.
QuEs'r'IoN: Who heard the news report durhg breakfast?
2. a. Carlo wes fishing ar the lake. A fish was iumping our of rhe water.
b. James was fshing ar the lake. A fish iumped out of the water.
QuEsilIoN: \vho saw a fish iump just on€ time?
Post“ mo 45
-l Exercise 30. Reoding. (chort 2-6)
Read rhe passage and then read the statemenls. Ctcle "T" for n:ue and "F ' for false.
2. A: This is the express lane. Ten items only. It like you have more than
ten
B: I ten Oh,I
Sorry.
A: 'Ihe checkoul srand next to me is open.
116 CHAPTER 2
日 Exercise 32. Looking ol glommor. (chq*s I -l ond 2-6)
Underline the present progressive and past progressive verbs in t}le following conversations.
Discuss the wav thev are used. What are the similarities between the two tenses?
Right rowToshi ard Oscat (sir) are.i1t1tin0 in the library. Toshi (do)
l
l]
his homework, but Oscar (study, not) .He
(srarc) out the window. Toshi (&rarD
16
what Oscar (/oo&) at. Oscar (po,r, to rhe
17 l8
skateboarder. He GAy) that he was amazing. Toshi (djfer)
t9
to teach him some skateboarding basics.
20
Poslnme 4フ
」 Exercise 34. Worm-up. (chod 2-7)
Check (/) the sentences that have this meanrng:
First action: We gathered our bags.
Second acuon: The train arrived at the station.
l wentto bed attea Ilinlshed my work. These words inlroduce time clalrsos:
0
I slay€d up untl I finished my work. untit L suori'ct ana raart - a time ctause
As s@n e,l
0
When lhe phone nng, I was walching TV. ln (e): urrl = to ihal time and lhen no longer"
ln (l); as soon as: immedialely after
( i ) When lhe phone rrrg I answetecl it. ln a senlence with a time clause inlroduced by rr€r, bolh
' lhelime clause verb and lhe main velb can be simple
past. ln lhas cas6, the actton in the wfierFclause
happened lirst.
ln li): Fitsr The phae anq.
fhen] I answercd il.
(i) While I wrs doing my home{vork, my ln (i): When ttw aciions are in progl€ss at lho same lime,
roommate ras walcrling Tv, lhe pasl progressive can be used in bolh parts ol thg
a8 cHAmP 2
D Exelciso 35. Looking ql glommot (Chort 2-7)
Check (/) all the clauses. Remember: a clause must have a subject and a cornplete verb.
D -
Exer€be 36, looking ot g]ommoL (chq 2-7)
Underline the clauses. Then decide what happened first (1) and what happened second (2).
l. Frsr.' Igothome.
7h er. I ate dinner.
じ niil
unril
Posl rime 49
4. Frrsr: I heard the doorbell.
Tfr?nr I opened the door.
as soon as
It began to rain.
Then: I srood under my umbrella.
When
Vhile
ヽ
while
6. It was a long lvalk home. Mr. Chu (g.t) tired and G,)P)
after an hour. He (res, until he (r./)
strong enough to continue.
50 CHAPTER 2
b∞ kd“ ‐ ∞ ヽ Fn鴨 嵐n ttd∞ s
Jcnl■ ■
Ferヽ Problem
car. Her car into a rc$ ofmailboxes beside the mad and
13
Fortunatelv no one was hurt u■ tl■ e accident
Jennifer It repalrs
17
since it is illegal to talk on a cell phone and drive ar the same time where she lives.
Pdr, Il. Inok at the sentences you checked. Are these srarements no longer true? If the
answer is "yes," another way to express your idea is with zsed lo. V/hich of these sentence(s)
are true for you?
PosITine 51
(a) I used to rive with my parsnts. Now I live in Used to expresses a pasl situation or habii lhal no longer
my own apa menl, exists al Presenl.
(b) Ann used to be alraid ol dogs, bLrl now she FoRM: ucedto + lhe simple lorn ol a veh
likes dogs.
Al used lo 3moke, but h€ doesn't anymors,
Did yor Be.l to live in PatiB? ouEsr oN FoFM: allat + subkct + $ed to
(oR Ord you use to ,ve in Pari6?) lo1 ctic! + subiect + use to)'
(e) I dialn t used to dtink collee al breaKasl, bul NEGcnvE FOFM| Clidn't uSAd tO
now I always have colles in lhe morning. loR cll.tn't use tol'
lo1 | clkln t use to dnnkcollee.) Didn't use(d) lo occo$ infrequenlly. More commonly,
I never usec! lo dtink colla€ al breaKast, but people use revsrto express a n€galive idea wilh used tq
now I always havs colf€6 in th€ morning. as in (f).
rBorh f(m3 (!rd ro .nd @ ,o) e pot:iblc i. qu6tio! sd Dcs.riG. FiSli.h lbsiursE .uthdi.i6 ilo nor .sG on etri.h is
pEfdblc- Thi! t@t us6 both fom3.
3. N@! yru l;rx in this city. Were did you lbe Worc vou corne herc?
'Where ?
-.-
4. D;d tou uotk lot the Phone compatry at some tine in the p&tt?
5 Wen I uas s'ounser, I sbqt thruugh the nighr. I neL,et twhe ug i11the middle oJ the night.
6. lYhen I ttar a child, I Itokhed cattoo : onTU I ilon\ watch cartoons aOmora Nou I z"vkh
Vhat
ヽ on TV when you were liftle?
52 CHAPIER 2
U Exercise 42. lnlerview: find someone who . . . . (chort 2-8)
\?alk around the classroom. Make a question with flsed ro for each item. 'When you find a
person who sal's 'Jres," write down his/her name and go on ro the nexr question. Share a few
ofyour answers with the class.
Find somnne uho uted n .. .
Us€d ro is often pronounced "usra." Listen to the examples. Then complete the sentences
with the non-reduced words you hear.
Exar4lzs; I used to (mrd) ride my bike to work, but now I rake the bus.
I didn't used to (6ra) be late when I rode my bike to work.
Did you use ro (!sra) ride your bike to work?
l. I ubed to ota:/ up past midnight, but now I often go to bed at 10:00 because I
ha\.e an 8:00 class.
2
'What time
to bed when vou were a child?
3
3. Margo was used to reach English, but now she works at a publishing company.
7. My family used to going to the beach every weekend, but now we don,t.
PosIIme 53
J Exerclse 45. Lefs |€od ond wril6. (choprer 2)
Ibrr r. Read the passage about a famous author' Then read the statements. Citcle "T" for
true and "F" for false.
l. K. Rowling
Did you litow that J. K. Rowling used to be an English language teache! before she
became successfi es the author of the iIorr)' Porr?/ series? she taught English to students in
Portugal. She lived there from l99l to 1994. During that time, she also worked on her first
Hany Pottet book.
After she taught in Portugal, she vrent back to Scodand. By then she was a single mother
u.ith a young daughter. She didn't have much money, but she drdn't waflt to rerurn to teaching
until she completed her book. Rowling enioyed drinkrng cofree, so she did much of her writing
in a cafe while her daughter took naps. She wrote quickly, and when her daughter was three,
Rowling finished lirrry Poner and the Ph;losophet\ Stone.*
Many publishers were not interested in her book. She doesn't remember how many
rejection leners she got, maybe twelve. Finally a small Publishing company, Bloomsbury,
accepted h. Shofily efter its Publication, the book began to sell quickly, and Rowling soon
became famous. Now there are seven Iiar4,' Port?i books, and Rowling is one of the wealthiest
and most suc€essful women in the world.
Itr, Ir. Choose a *riter or in. Find information about this person's
a singer you are interested
life. Make a list ofimportant or inter€sting events. Put the information into a paragraph Edit
your verbs carefully.
'In the Unncd Stzt6 s.t Indi., thi! Erl. was chansFd to t aa) Poid So@r\ stu'
'nd 'tr
54 cHAmP 2
J Exerciso I. Worm-up, (cho 3-l)
Which sentences express future meaning? Do the future sentences have the same meanrng or a
diferent meaning?
l. The train is going to leave a few minutes late today.
2. The lrein lefi e few minules late today.
3. The train will leave a few minutes late todav-
NoarB: Th. u* of rral (with I or @) to e4cs tuiW iim. i3 p6!ibl. bu b ir&.q@t snd quir fm.]; fo. rypl.; ,rirrr?.a@
d Mrdnizg. l&.hall h d@DdtuMant
55
コ 4C u卍 Exerck● 2.Hening.(chort 3 1)
1■ sten to eaCh SCntcnce lfit cxprcsses Suture tlIIle,circlcッ ● lfit docs not,circle"ο
Eχα771メ レ
:You wil hear: Tlle airport will bc busy
You● Hchoosc c)no
At the airport
l. yes no 5. yes no
2. yes no 6. yes no
3. yes no 7. yes no
8. yes no
b
ヽ l t
●●fng tO be ate,
r l ′
p
° + not t going to
乱 鋭 │"“ ・
be
、輩 I・ e ate
le) "Hurry upl We're gonra be laiel' 8e goiDg to is more common in speaking and inlormal
wriling than in formalwriting. ln informal speaking, it is
somstimes pronounced'gonna"/gana/. "Gonna' is not
usually a written form.
56 cHAPTER 3
I Exelcise 4. looking ol glommor. (chods 3l ond 3-2)
Complete the sertences with a form of 6e gorrr€' ,o and rle words in parentheses.
future Time 57
-l Exerciss 6. tlstening. (chorts 3-l ond 3-2)
.I lhr, I. Listen to the pro;unciatioo of the reduced forms ofgorrr8r ,o in the conversation'
to
en apartruent
,.D'6 Looldng for
A: Ve're going to look for an apartment to rent this weekend.
B: Are you going to look in this area?
A: No, we're going to search in an area clos€r to our iobs.
B: [s the rent going to be cheaper in that area?
A: Yes, apsrtment rents are definitely going to be cheaper'
B: Are you going to need to pay a deposit?
A: I'm sule we're going to need to pay the first and last month's rent.
IhTr Ir. Listen to the conversation arrd \*rite the non-reduced form of the words you hear'
B: Therc
8
probably be an application fee and a
58 cHAmn 3
f Exercise 8. Lel's lolk poitl\rork. (Choprers I ond 2; Chorh 3-l ond 3-2)
Vork with a partrer. Complere rhe conveftation with your own words. Be creative! The
conveftation reviews rhe forms (statement, negarive, question, short answer) ofthe simple
present, simple pastJ and be goins to.
E:can?b:
SPTjAKER A: I rode a skateboard to school yesterday.
Sp[AxER B: Really? Wow! Do you de a skateboard to s€hool ofien?
SPEAK€R A: Yes, I do. I de a skareboard to s€hool almosr every day.
Did you de a skareboard to school yesterday?
SpE'A(ER B: No,I didn't. I came by helicopter.
SpE"A(rrR A: Are you going to come to school by helicopter tomorrow?
SPEAKER B: No,I'm rot. I'm going ro ride a motorrycle to school tomolrow.
A: I yesterday.
Yesterday?
No, I
A B
No, I
Future lim€ 59
STATEMENT L You,She He,",We,Th"wlj′ COmetono子 rOW
NEGAT∨ E L YOu,She,He,1,We,They:竹 ′
′月o′ (wonl)COne tOmOrrow
SHORT
ANSヽ VER 3) にに
WQ hw{瀞
「
CONTRハ CTtONS l ll she ll we ll l,yifl is usually contracted wiih pronouns in boih
you ll he" they,′ speech and rnlormalwriling
l ll
Bob + wiil = 'Bob i/" flI,is ofien conlracled wiih nouns in soeech, bul
lhe leacher + wil, = "lhe leacherTI' usually not in writing.
rPrcnouns rE No contractd with h.lping verh in shori .ns.B,
coRRrtT Yes,I oill.
4. Henry twisred his ankle while running down a hill. probably take a
swilnming.
^﹀
I invited some guests for dinner. probably get herc around seven.
一
′
Karen is doing volunteer work for a community health-care clinic this week.
be gone a lot in the evenings.
60 CHAPT[R3
U Exercise II. Listening, (chorr 3-3)
/l Parl I Listefl to the senrences. Norice the pronunciation of conrractions with rouns + .rrr7r.
tf,
cD' At the doctor.'s office
l. The docror'll be with you in a few minures.
2. Your appoinrmerlt'll take about an hour.
3. Your fever'll be gone in a few da)s.
4. Your stitches'll disappear over the next two week.
5. The nurse'll schedule your resr(.
6. The lab'll have the results next week.
7. The rcceptionist ar the ftont desk'll ser up* your next appoiDtment.
Par, IL Listen to the senrences and write the words you hear. Write the full form of the
cofltractions.
At the pharmacy
1. Your prescription willbe rcady in ten minutes.
-
*rgdb; = medicine wid no b.and n.me
n negative, rhat a psti€rt c.n hare ftom a medicine
Fuiure Time 6t
(a)l Wllj● e in ctass tomorrOw ln (a)i The speak€r uses wil ot bgoing to
OR because he lsels sure aboul his fulure acliviiy.
Ian golng o● ein daSS 10norrow He is staling a lacl aboul the rulure.
90%sure lb) Po wi prcbably bei^ class lomorow. ln (b): The speaker uses prot 6ryto say lnat
he expecls Po lo be in class tomorroq bul he is
Po ls probably going to be in class nol 1000/" sur€. H6's almosl sure. bul not
\c) Anna prcbably won't De in class lomorrow Wod oder with proDtDry.*
(1) in a sialoment, as in (b):
Anna prcbably isn t going lo be in class helping verb - prcbably
(2) wilh a negative vetu, as in
Probebly - helping vetb
50%sure (d) Ali may come lo class iomorrow. lreyexpr6sses a luture possibility: maybe
som€thing will happen, and maybe ii won'l
Ala may rot corre lo class lomorrow. happ6n."
I don t know what h€'s going lo do. ln (d): Th€ spoak€r is saying that maybe Aliwill
coms lo class, or maybe he won l come to class.
The sp€ak€r is guessing.
le) llaybe Ali wi comelo class, and maybe tleyb + wlltb golng to gives ihe sam€
meaning as ,rry.
Examples (d) and (e) have lhe same meaning.
MaW Ali is going to come to class, and
lrayro com6s al lhe beginning oi a sentence.
maybehe isn't.
'Pro6r6, ir . midstcne adrcrb. Se Chrt l_3,p 10, for mc i,fmdon lbou $. pllem.!. of mid!'nr'nc dktrr.
iS.. Chst 7-3, p. Ia2, for moe infoiD.tion rbout -qy.
My day tomorrow
1
^
∠ 3 4
々′ ‘υ
62 cHAPT[R3
」 Exercise 14.L● ●king●lgrommo“ (ch。 ■3‐ 4)
For each situation, predicr what probably will happefl and whar probably won't happen. Use
et:]rcr rrtii], ot be goinA ,o. Include Pro6ab6, in your prediction.
4. Gina loves to run, but right oow she has sore krees and a sore ankle.
(run in the marathon race this week? skip the race?)
Future Tim6 63
コn
c輌¨Exercise 17, Lislening. (chod 3-4)
Think about life from now. What will it be like? Listen to each sentence, Do you
IOO years
agrcc or disagree? Circlc Jrr or,la Discuss your answers.
n n n n m
。 。 。 。
n
。
l. yes 6. yes
n
。
2. yes 7. yes
n
。
3. yes 8. yes
n
。
4. yes 9. yes
n
。
laundry facilities, so tiey also have to walk to a laundromat to wash lheir clothes They are
planning to have child.en in the near future, so they want a park or Play area nearby for their
children. A safe neighborhood is verv important.
Por, rr. Ted and Amy arc thinking about their next apartment and are making a list
ofwhat
they want and don't want. ComPlete the sentences with .!i" or
'{'oz"'
Our ncxt apottErent
t. It wa,?', have leaky faucets.
64 CHAPTER 3
t. tr have \rindows that close righrly.
Par, rrl lmagine you are moving to a new home. Decide rhe siy most important things you
want your home to have (h wi haae . . .). You can brainsrorm ideas in small groups and rhen
discuss your ideas with the class.
She is going
ge going to and wlll mean the same wh6n lhey are
(a) lo succecd bocause she wolks
hard. used lo mak6 predictions about the lutur€,
(b) She ril, succeed because sh€ works hard. Examples (a) and (b) hav6 th€ sam6 m€aning.
(c) I boughf some wood because I am going to buitct Be going to lbrt wl l is used lo o(press a pior
a bookcas€ lor my aparlment. ^ot
plan (i.e., a plan mad6 belore th6 momeni ot
speaking).
ln (c): The speaker ptans to buitd a bookcase.
Thjs chair is loo heavy loryoLllo carry atone. Wi lbul not be golhg A is ussd to o(pr€ss a
decision th6 speaker makes al th6 momont of
speaking.
h (d): The speaker decid6s orvoluntesrs lo hetp at
ihe immgdrale pres6nt momont: h€ dd not have a pnor
plan or inlention to h6lp.
Future Timo 65
] Exelcise 20. looking ot grqm]flor. (cho.ts 3-l - 3-5)
of
Discuss the ialt rzed verb-(s) . Ii the speaker expressing plans made before the moment
speaking (prio! plans)? lf so, circle i'es. If not, circle
"' PRIOR PT-{N?
2. A: I'm going o catl Martha later this evening. Do you wlnt to talkto
her too? Yes no
B: No,I don't think so.
3. A: Jakob is io town for a few days
B: Really? Great! I?!r'o. him a call. Is he staying at his Aunt Ilra's? yes no
My trip toThailand
l. I'm planning to be away for three week.
2. My husband and I are planoing to stsy in small towns and camP on the beEch'
3. Ve're plaoning to bnng a tent.
4, We're plaming to celebrate our wedding anniversary there.
5. My father, who was born inThailand, is planring to,oin us, but he's planning to stay
in a hotel.
66 CHAPIER 3
2. A: Why sre you carrying that package?
B: It's for my sister. I'mOoinlto rneil it to her.
3. A: !0hy did you buy so many eggs?
B:I make a special desserr.
4. A: I have a book for Joe fiom Rachel. I'm llot going ro see him roday.
B: l,et me have it. I give it to him. He's in mv algebra class.
Future Time 67
lme clau" ln (a)and (b): belote I go to chss tomoffowi. alrtve
●)“ わre′ goわ めSSわ mOf40″ rm 9dng o O“
breakfast
timo c ause
●)lm 9dng O ed breand beゎ /e′ go b c● - subject and veh = alifie clause
bttO′ 0″
“
“
lc) Belore I go home tomgft I'm going to slop al lhe The simple presonl is used in alulurelime clause.
Wll ar.d be gohrg lo arc Nor us€d in a luture time
(d) l'm going to eal dinneral6:00 tonight. ?4tlerl.rt
d,rner l'm going lo study in mY room. tNcoRREcr: Beloro I will 9o to class, I'n going to eal
(e) I'll give Rila your message when I see he. b.aekhst-
(l) ll's raining righl now. As soan as the tatn stops. tNcoRRECf: BeloQ I am gaing to go to class lomoftov
fm going lo walk downlown, l'fi goit g to eat tueakfasl.
I'll stay home urlii rhe ra,, sloPs Allol th6 example sentences (c) lhrough (h) contain
l Beお rc r%″ :“
"κ
7ら ″
C亘)tO mv countrl nett yeaち rm gohgto ndSh"
graduate degree h computer scicnce
2 The boss will re宙 cw pur wOrk atershc w″ ″=“ ″ 酒 tOm vacation next wcck
",″ "″
68 CHAPT【 R3
tr Exercise 26. Looking ol glommor. (chorr 3-6)
use (he given verbs to complete the sentences. Use 6e goizg' to for the future.
I rn q2kA t42 rcaL the textbook before Lak6 rhe 6nal exam next month.
2. rerurn, call
Mr Le his wife as soon as he
to the hotel tonight.
Time clauses beginnins wirh 2,., usually fo!!o! lhe m.in ctause,
Usual: I'm aoing b keep my cell on until llna .ath,
Po$ible but les us@l Unril a,,a .,&, I m soins ro keep my cell on
Future lime 69
Change roles.
5. Maybe you'll be tired toDight.
6. Maybe you won't be tired toniSht.
7. Maybe it'll be nice tomorrow-
8. Maybe we won\ have class on Monday.
70 CHAPIEF 3
Pcrt ,l Complete the seniences wirh informarion from rhe passage. More than one ans\&er
may be possible.
8. Ifa home has solar heat, the cost of heating the home
Par,Irl Imagine you car build your dream house 50 years from now ft can be any rlpe of
house you want. Think about the sryle, size, kinds ofrooms, location, erc. lfrire a paragraph
about this honse. Begin with this topic sentencet My drcam house will haae , . , .
1. Before Tim (go) aaeb to bed, he always (brxsr) ,ruehes his teeth.
Fulure TIme 7I
@) fam is going to come lo tho party lomo(ow. The presenl prog€ssivo can be used lo etpr€ss lulure
(b) Tlm is com,ng lothe pariy tomorrow. time. Each pair ofexamplg sonl6nc6s has lhe same
meaning.
\c) We rc going to go to a movie tonighl.
(d) Wo?egoirg to a movi6 tonight. The present progressive desctibos clelinile plans lot
lhe futurc, plans that werc maato balo@ the fiomenl ol
le\ I m going to stay home this €v6ning.
\l) I n staying hom€ this svening.
Aluturc meaning br lhe presonl progtessivs is
lg't Ann is going to fiy lo Chicago nexl we€k. indicated either by lutur€ time words (e.9., lomonorv)
l Ann is ying to Chicago noxl week. or by lhe situation.'
vou rc going to laugh when you hsar lhis joke. The presenl progressive is Nor used lor prodiclions
tNcoRREcr: You rc laughing when you heat this about lhe luture.
ln (i): The speaker is predicling a luiure event.
ln U): The prcsenl progressive is not possiblei
laughing is a prediclion, nol a planned,uture svenl.
rCoMI{E: Prcsentsnurtioni LNh! Mo4)'t.odins. Do tot see hd?
Future sirultion: Aft tou tlanrins ta .om. h Ih. ?aftJ)? Mary't cmist Sa n At ,.
Bt | (najor) in enginecrlng
72 CHAPIER 3
J Exercise 33. Lislening. (cho 3-7)
Lister to the conversarion and write rhe words you hear.
dl
,':r'r. Goins on vacation
A:I on vacatlon tomorrovた
B: Where 0
A: To San Francisco.
B: How arc you getting there?
Exanple: I\,,|y friend Sara and I are taking a trip to Nashville, Tennessee. Nashville is the
home of country music, and Sara loves country music. She wants to go io lots ol shows.
I don't know an!,thing about counlry music, but l,m looking forward to going to Nashville.
Wele leaving Friday aflernoon as soon as Sara gets ofi work. (Etc.)
Possibb questions to dnswer in lour paragraph:
1. Where are you going?
2. When are you leaving?
3. Who are you going wirh, or are you traveting alone?
.1. How are you getting dlere?
5. Where are you staying?
6. Are you visiting anvone? Who?
7. How long are you sraying there?
8. When are you gerring back?
Fulure Time 73
J Exercise 36, Wolm-up. (chqd 3"8)
Circle all the possible compleuons.
1. Soccer season begins
a. today c. Yesterday
(a) My plan€ ,n/ves al 7:35 tonorrow evening. The srmple presenl can express luture time when
(b) Tim's n€w job st rts nen week. evenls are on a definite schedule or timelable.
(c) The s€mester erds in two more weeks. Only a le$r verbs are used in the simpe present lo
(d) Th€r6 ,s a meeting at bn tomotow moning. express lulure lime. The mosl common are trtive,
l6ave, sterl, begin. enct,linbh, open, close, be.
le) NcoRREcr: I wear ny new suit to the wecding nen Mosi v€rbs cANNor be used ifl lhe simple prcsenl to
w66k. expressluture lime. For example, in (e): The verb
I am wearing/am qaing to weat my new
lr€rr does nol erpress an evenl on a schedule or
coAAEfi:
iimetablo. ll cannol be used in lhe simpl€ pleseni lo
suil tolhe weddinq nexl week-
74 CHAPIER 3
7 Alexa'splane at l0:14 tomoffow morni[9.
a. affrves b. is arriving c. is going to arrive
8. I can't pick her up tomorrow, so she _ th€ airporr bus ioro rhe ciry.
a. takes b. is taking c. is going to take
9. Jonas to several companies. He hopes to ger a full-time job soon.
a. applies b. is applying c. is going ro apply
10. School next Wednesday. I'm excired for vacation to begin.
a. ends b. is ending c. is going to end
Picrurc B
(a) Ann's bags are packed, and she is wearing her fhe idiom ba ebout ?o ato sonrct rrg expresses an
coat- She is aDout to /eayelor lhe airport. aclivily that will happen i', lh6 inmedhte luturc,
(b) Shhh. Tho movie is abour to b.g,r. usually wilhin minut6s or seconds.
ln (a): Ann is going lo lsavs sometime in the nexl l6w
minules,
In (b): Ths movie is going to sta in lhe next law
fuluro Tame 75
□ lxercise 39.Let's lolk.(Chort 3-9)
Dcscribe thc action that is about to happcn in cach picturc Usc bθ α6o“ ヽ ork in Pairs,
in smali groups,or as a class
`ro “
J J J
」 劃
76 CHAPIER 3
tr Exer€ise rO. Gomo. (Chqrt 3-9)
Think ofan action to perform. Don\ rell what it is. Get ready to do i!, bu! just before you
perform the action, ask the class to describe whar you are about to do. Perform with a parmer
ifyou wish. Use your own ideas or suggestions ftom the lisr.
Erarnpl?: (Students A and B hold out their hands to each orher.)
Possible guess: They are about ro shake hands.
Suggetabns:
stand up sncczc pick up a pen erase a word
opetr the dool Fall down close your book look up a word
close the window cry write oo the board get out your wallet
(c) Ann is cooklrgdinnet and lis) talkingonlhe It is not necessary to repeat a helping verb (an
phon6 al the sam6 time. auxiliary verb) when two velbs are the same lense and
ld) I will stayhome and \w//) studylonight. are connected by ard.
\e) | an golng to stay home anc! \an going ta) study
lonighl.
Future Time 77
3. Every dey my neighbor (cdll ) me on the phone and (l:or,rldi )
.bout the weather.
5. l'm beat.i I canl wait to get home. After I (ger) home, I (rdle)
2. A: Arc you going to take the kids to the amus€dent park tomodow morninS?
B: Yes. It (oren) at 10:00. Ifwe (Iearr€) here at 9:30,
we'll get there at 9:55. The kids can be the first ones in the park.
A: Thank.
B: No.
A: \vhy don't you want to answer your phone?
78 cHAmR 3
5. A: Irok! There (6r) a police car behind us. Its lights (larr,)
A: Vtrar (so)
B: No,I'm nor. I (drrzc) the speed limit
A: Oh,look. The police car (pd$) us
B: Whew!
B: What
B: Not that I know of. Mine says, "Your life long and happy."
ftrr, II. Work in small groups. Togerher, write a fortune for each person in your group.
My Cousin Pablo
ib
I want to tell you about Pablo. He my cousin. He comes here four years ago. Before he
^
came herer he study sratisrics in Chile. He leaves Chile and move herc. He weot to Newyork
and stay there for three years. He gradueted ftom Newyork University. Now he study ar this
Fulure Iime 79
I Exercise 45. Lol's wlile. (chopler 3)
Pretend that you have the ability to see into the future. Choose a pe$on you know (classmate,
reacher, family member, friend) and tell this person in writing about his,her future life Give
some interesting or unDsual details.
Exanpb:
My Sonl Fuiure
My son is'15 years old now. ln lhe fulure, he will have a happy and successlullile'
Atter he tinishes high school, he will go to college. He reaily loves to study math He
also loves to build bridges oul ol toothpicks. He will sludy engineering, and he will
specialaze in bridge building. He likes to travel, so he will gel a job with an international
company and build bridges around the wo d. He will also work in poor viilages' and his
bridges willconnect rumlareas- This will make people's lives bettet I will be very proud
ot him.
80 CHAPTER 3
J Exolcise I. Wotm-up. (chon 4-l)
Do you know the past participle form of these verbs? Complere the chart. What is rhe
difrerence between the past participle forms iD items l-4 and 5-8?
1 stay srayed
`物
ヾθa
2. work ,γ οlka″
3. help helped
4 宙sit visited
5 go
6 begh began レε´υll
7 wHtc ―
8 sec
f nish f nishod i nished The pasl particiole is used in the pREsENr pEFFEcr
V
E
81
□n
O釧 Exer● ise 2.uslening.(choFIS 2‐ 3,2-4,clnd 4 1)
Write thc words vOu hear
¨
臓 α,“ル :You wtt heari go wcnt 80nc
You will w■te: 8o went 4
m
e
c
a“ Ш面
l. call called 6 come
2. speak spoke 7 cat
9 read
5. meet met 10 bc
l. It's lo:oo A.M. Ilyla has been at the bus stop since 9:50
a. She is still there.
b. The bus Picked her uP.
82 CHAP'ER 4
lat I ve been in class since ten a clock The prcsonl p€r,eci iense is used in
senren€es wiih slrc€ and ,o. ro erpress
lb) Wo have known Aen bt ten yearc. stualionsthal b€gan rn tho pasi and
W6 md him t6n y€ars ago. Ws slitt conlinue io ihe presenl.
know him loday. Ws ars liands. ln (a): Class sraried ai ren. I am stilr in
class now, atth6 momeni ol sp€aking.
NcoqaEcr: t an in class sinceton oclock
Since
'Also@ftd:1i@deu dDirrra jtE Ma]. S.c Chd i!6 for! dimsio! otth. p6. p.rf.dproeBiE.
Amy har been here . . . Ms. Ellk has tw*ed as o subsriu@ uacler ' . .
3 yesterday. 13 2008
4 the term started. t4. about a year.
地 唸 幽 型 血 に
一
___:
■ rvc been h J」 s buidulg… … … … …
劣 ?背 篭 士
{1lCe_ず
2い e面 hdヽ S… … … …
1『 三 三 三 正 三 :
Ⅲnh価 蒟 … …
∝ ∝=I正
… ・ {‡
4 hehadtt DⅢ
“
__{#∝
,rT had面 s book… …………{Fe
34 CHAPTER 4
-l Exelcis€ 7. Iooking ql glommor. (chori 4-2)
Complete each senteflce with the present perfect form of the given verb.
f0. think a lot about the best ways to help people feel
cornfortable on her show.
l. I (kn!xo) havc known Mark Miller [ever sincei we (De) ----ud2rL in college.]
6. Otro (id?e) a lot ofproblems with his car ever since he (bry)
it. k's a lemon."
7. A: What ()or, ear) since you ( j,er)
up this moming?
06 cHAmR 4
lat I hev. nol lhayen't) seenTom since lunch. NECATVE: hryer'rrrs + ,o, + past panbiple
(b) Ann l,,3 ,or (r,rsn't) eate, ior s€veIat NEGATTVE CONTRACTTONS| heya+ not: h'Ven',t
hours. hea + not : hasn',
lc) Have you seen loh? ouEsroN: lrayelhrs r suty'ect + past participle
ldl Hds Ann eaten?
(l) - Have you ever met a lamous person? ln (l): el,. = in your lifetime;lrom the lime you w€re born io
No, l've ,eyermet a lamous person, tho prosenl momenl. Ouestions with er€rlrequently us€ the
- pres€nl p6 6cl.
Whsn answering queslions with eyer, sp€akers often use
nayat ,Vayoris lrequently used with the present perl6cl.
ln th6 answ€r to (f), lhe speaker is saying: 'No, I have6't met
a lamous person ,rom the lime I $/as born to the present
Shori A[swer
Hev€ you s€€n Tom? sHoRr ANSWER: heyalhaven't ot has,,,asn't
(9)
- Yes, lhave. oa No, lhaven't-
- NoTE: The helping verb in the short answer is nol contraclod
Has Ann eaten lunch?
(h)
- Y6s, she hes- oe No she hasn't. tNcoRFECf: Yes, lve, oF yes, he's
-
a movie star?
B: No,I | (mee\ el)er) a movie star.
B: He (tdtel) to several
countries on business.
E atn ler You will hear: I saw a two-headed fiog once. Have you ever . . . ?
You will write: Have you ever a two-headed ftog? yes @
-9cctL
い い い い y
1
s い い e
e
5
s い い
y
8
88 CHAPTER 1
f Exercise 14. Lel's lqlk ond wfte: inielvie* (chorts 2-3,2-,1, it-2, ond il-3)
ftrr r. Work widr a partDer. Take tums asking and answering questions. Begin your quesdons
wir\ Hoe lang haa* to! and the present perfect. Answer questions widl since, to\ or
,aeoer aod tle Present perfect.
Pcrt IL Use the information ftom youl interview to write a paragraph about your partner. You
can add some infomation ro make it more interesting. Use rhe following paragraph as en
example. Notice the present perfect phrases in green.
Exarn le:
Elll.
ld like to tell you a little about Ellie. She has lived in Vancouler, Camda, for six
monlhs. She has studied English for five years. She has been at this school since
September. She likes n here.
She has short hair She has worn shorl hair for a few years. Of course, she
doesn't have a mustachel She has never worn glasses, except sunglasses-
Ellie doesn't have a roommate, but she has a p6t bird. She has had her bird lor
one month. lts name is Howie, and he likes to sing.
She is interosted in biology. She has been inierosted in biology since she was a
child. She has never been married. She wanls to be a doctor. She wants to become a
doctor betore she has a tamily.
2. I have seen it _.
a. rec€ndy. b. two days ago.
3. His parenrs haven\ se€n it _.
yesterday.
a. b. yet.
4. I have been there _.
a. two times. b. yesterday.
(a) Toshi hasiust ealen lunch. The pFEsENl pEFFEcr expresses an activily or
Jim has recently changed situaiion that occurred (or did not occur) before
lb)
jobs. nov at some unspecilied or unknown time in
90 CHAPIER4
.] Exercise 16. Looking ot grommor. (chort 4-4)
Ctcle all the possible answers for each question. lvork in small $oups and then discuss your
answe$ as a class,
SrrrJATroN l:
Sara is at home. 12:00 PM., the phone rang. [t was Sara's ftiend ftom high school.
At
They had a long conversatron, and Sara hung up the phone at 12:59. It is now l:00.
W'hich s€ntences describe the situation?
SrruA'r'roN 3:
Rob is et work. His boss, Rosa, needs a report. She sees Rob working on it at his desk.
She's in a hurry, and she's asking Rob questions. $0hat questions is she Soing to ask him?
denOSt appointment
ptd, rp ttd";;;
…
2 HasAnd■ picked up bls klds at schtxll yet,
At a re3tauraat
h h
h h
5
3 4
a a
a a
l. is has
6
2. is has
9iT cHAmP 4
J Exelcis€ 20. tislening. (chqds 4-2 - 4-4)
.a Answer the quesoons and tien lrsten to the iob interview. Listen again snd complete t}Ie
Ll, sentences with the words you hear. Before you begin, you may want to check your
.iX,. understanding oftiese words: clinic, prison,aolunreer, tou)-income, patient, challense.
W'hat Opes of iobs can nuftes have?
W'hich ones could be very exciting?
A iob intcrview
Mika is a nurse. She is interviewing for a job with the manager ofs hospital emergency room.
He is looking et her r6sume and asking her some general questions.
nurse
low-income patients.
patient care.
INTER'IE [ER: Thenk you for coming in. I'll call you next week with our decisioo.
MIKA: It was good to meet you. Thank you for your time.
l. All of these verbs lalk about past time, but the verb in (a) is difierent from the other three
verbs. \X/hat is the difierence?
(s) I haoe had several bicycles in my lif€time.
(b) I rada red bicycle when I was in el€mentary school.
(c) Ldd a blue bicycle when I was a teeneger.
(d) I l,rd a $een bicycle when I lived and worked in Hong Kong.
2. What are the differences in the ideas the verb tenses express?
(e) I iad a wonderful bicycle last year.
(f) I't e ,ad many wondertul bicycles.
3. \yy'hat are the differences in th€ ideas the verb tenses express?
(g) Ann dd a red bike for two years.
(h) Sue ,ar ,lod a red bike for two years.
4. Who is still alive, and who is dead?
(i) In his lif€time, Uncle AIex lad several red bicvcles.
(j) In his lifetime, Grandpa ,as ,ad several red bicvcles.
CHAPTER 4
'4
」 Exer€ise 23. tooking qt grommqL (chort 4-5)
lrok at each verb in iraris. ts it simple past or present perfect? Check (/) the box thai
describes whether the verb expresses somethiflg that happened at a specified or unspecified
drne in the past.
SPECI「 lED しヽ SPECH'IED
TIME N TIヽ ■E IN
THE Rヽ ST THE Lヽ Sr
l Ms. Parker l,ai 6eez in Tokyo many times. □ 図
, pftsent pede.t
2. Ms. Parker rlar inTokyo last week. И □
'In infomsl spoken ED8lish, .h. sihpl. pas n $mcdm* ucd with .r&dr. PB(icc usins the p66r p.rf(t sith .h.4y
it last week.
5. A: \yy'hen ere you going to !}rite your report for Mr. Berg?
B: | (wrie, obeany) it I(ω ガ″)
?. A: This js a good book. !00ould you like to read it when I'm finished?
B:]manks,but:(rα 4 α7raα の ) it. I (read)
it a couple ofmonths ago.
E anpb:
PART\.ER A: Vhat countries have you been to?
PARTNER B: ['ve been to Norway and Finland.
PARI
^-ER
A: When were you in Norwey?
PArrN'ER B: I was in Norway three yeals ago. How about you? Vhat countries have you been to?
PARTNER A: I've never been to Norway or Finlatrd, but l've been to . . . .
96 cHAP,ER 4
I Exercise 25, Li3lening. (cho.ts 2-4 ond 4-5)
n For each item, you will hear two complete sentences and rhen the beginning ofa third
@ ,.nt.nce. Complete the third sentence with the past participle ofthe verb you heard in the
r-,t i lrlst two sentences,
Exdnple: Yon wlll hezr: I eet vegetables every day. I ate vegetables for dinner last nighr.
Ihave...
You will write: lha-ve caxen vegetables every day fora lofig time.
Aland Ann arc in thatc tight now- They are The pFEsENr pERFEcr pAocFEssrvE lalks about how
driing home, n is now fout o clock. /or9 an activity has b€en in progress bofore now.
NorE: Timo orprossions wath t rca, as in (a), and,or,
a b
Present Perfect Progressive Po is sitting al his desk in class. He Th6 PRESENT PERFECT PFoGRESS vE
sal down al nine oclock. ll is now exprssses lhe dur.tlon (lenglh ol lime)
ninelhirty. ol an aclivity lhal began in lhe past and
(e) Po l,as been s/tt rg is rn progress righl now.
in class
srnce nine o'clock. tNcoRRECf: PO iS Sitling in class since
(t) Po has bee, sita,ngin class nine o'clock.
lor thirly minules.
(g)CORRECT: OwYoko
l kЛ NorE: Non-aclion verbs (e.9., know like, own, belong)
(h)′ NCο RRECI ′ar bOド、 わ わ are gen€rally nol used in lhe progressive lenses.'
( )CORRECT │わ ave々noN、Yoko ror mO years ln t'). wlh non.acton veos, lhe pr6s€nl perfecl is
(j)lⅥ 30¬ マECr ′わave beθ n々ηO″●9う 0た o rO′ lwrン リars usod with slrco or ,br to oxPr6ss the duration ol a
silualion thal began in lhe pasl and conlinues lo ths
98 CHAPIER 4
J Exercise 29. looking ot g]ommor. (chod 4-6)
Complete the sentences. Use the present progressive or rhe present perfect progressive form of
the verbs in parentheses.
l. I (sit) atn bittina in the cafeteria right now. | (sit) have been oittin?
here since twelve o'clock.
l. Right now you are sitting in class. How long have you been sitting here?
2. When did you firsr begin to sody English? How tong have you been srudying English?
3. I began to teach English in (rear). How long have I been teaching English?
4. I began to work at this school in (mrr?r, orrear). How long have I been working herc?
5. \X/hat are we doing right now? How long have we been doing it?
6- (S,ulent's name),I see thar you wear glasses_ How long have you been weering glasses?
7. Who drives? $Uhen did you first drive a car? How long have you been driving?
8. Who drinks cotree? How old were you when you srarted ro drink cofree? How long have
you been drinking cofree?
SrruAnoN l:
Roger is having trouble with math. I am helping him wirh his homework tonight. I hsve been
helptng him since 6:00.
SrruAnoN 2:
Roger is movifig to a ne1x apartnent. I have helPed him move furniture several times this
SruA'noN 3:
I sure was busy last week. I helped Roger with his homework, and I h€lPed him move to a new
apartrnent.
a. In which situation does the speaker emphasize the duratiol or the time that something
continues?
b. In which situation(s) is th€ speaker finish€d with rhc activity?
c. Do you think the activity in situation 1 or 2 is more recent? \vhy?
r& ir r.dE b.t!d n e!Cu6rl, Mmt dwirh,,4 ed,G it Dhlts 3uch s e@ &, @ da' oiroe dt
'a.
firlrr, = mt63 6r mdy
l0O cHAmR 4
Present Perfect Progressive
(a) Gina and Tarik are talking on the phone. The pFEsENr pERFEcr paocREsstvE sxpresses the
fhey have been talkln9 on lhe phone lor duratlon ol pr€€nt act yn €t, using aclion verbs,
20 minutes. as in (a). Th6 aclMty began In the pasl and is still in
progrcss.
Present Perfect
(b) Gim tas lrrted lo Tarik on th€ phone many times The PR€sENr PEFFECT oxpresses
(l) repeated aclivities that occur al unsfrccilled
lc) r,tco&Rrcf: GiM has been talking lo Iaik on the llm€ ln the pe3i, as in (b), ou
phohe mary fmes-
(2) lhe dur.tlon of pras.ni 6nuat ons. as in (d),
(d) Gina l,rs t
ownTarik,or two yeals. usrng non-aclion verbs.
lo) NcoBREcf: Gir!€l]as been knot ng Taik for two
l. A: I'm tired. Vte (hihe) have been hikint for more than an hour.
B: Well, let's stop and rest for a while.
I02 CHAPIER 4
Spu
fi膀 翼;嚇:器 酬 肌 織 穏f潔1鑑 f∬憔 1理 さ〃
Today・ sヽ eather
“
The weather certainly today. Boy,
2
what a dayl already rain,、 ind,hail,andsun So,what's
3
in storc☆ for tonight, As you probably , dark clouds
0 6
NVc have a、 vcatl■ cr systern movung in tl■ atis gOmg 10
2. a. -'.._ Ayako lrdr lioifig in letusalerJ. for two years. She likes it there.
been
b. _ Bea$iz tu* Az'ed in Jerusalem. She's also lived in Pa s. She's lived in NewYork
andTokyo. She's Iived in lors ofcities.
′¬ LSten tO each convcrsatlon alld choose dle sentence(a orb)tllat best descnbes it
e
fRI晨 α
″:bu tt hCar住 ∬窯電 dumu
踏 キ
You Ⅲu ch。 Osc O necouメ C haS been watchhg a m¨ c
b Tlle couplc Flnished watchhg a mclvlc
104 cHAttR4
Ihrr Ir. Work with a partner.Thke turns beinS rhe perent and the sick penon. Complete lhe
conversation. Practice the new conve$ation with your partner.
Possibb $mptoms:
e fever chius a sore throar
a runny nose achiness a stomachache
a cough a headache sneezing
n9usea
A: Hi, Mon /Dad. I was just calling to tell you that I can't come to . I,m afraid
I'm sick.
B: Oh,I'm sorly to hear that.
A: Yeah, I got sickrvednesday nighr, and it's iust been getting worse.
B: Are you going to see a doctor?
A: I dofl't know. I don't want to go to e docto! if it,s not serious.
B: !fe[, what s] tptoms have you been having?
A: I've had , and now I have _.
B: Have you been taking a,ly medicine?
A: Just over-the-counter stuff.
B: If your _ doesn'r go away, I rhink you need ro call . doctor.
A: Yeah, I probably will.
B: \n'ell, call me tomorrow and ler me know how you're doing.
A: Okay. I'll call you in the morning.
5. Where have you been? The baby _, ard I can\ comfort her.
a. cries b. is crying c. has been dying
Honeybees have been disappearing around the world for several years now In the United
States, billions ofbees have already died. Europe, Australia, and Brazil have also reported
losses
lJvithout pollinauon,
ofhoneybees. This is a serious problem because bees pollinatei croPs
apple, orange, and othel ftuit tlees cannot produce ftuit. Other crops Iike nuts also need
pollination. In the United States, ofle-third of the food supply depends on honeybees
scientists have a name for rhis problem: colony collapse disorder (CCD) Bees live in
hive that
colonies or hives, and thousands of be€keepers have been finding their hives empry A
once held 50,000 bees may iust have a few dead or dying ones left'
pests,*i
Therc ha!€ been many theories about why this has happened; for examPle, disease,
unnatural growing conditions, and damaged DNA."' Scientists now thiDk that the cause may
be
soludon to this
e combination of e virus and a frEgus, but they need to do morc research to furd
a
r;tin.u laetu) = f!]rni,utrtinarrt (noun) = thc prcccs that cau's s pl'ot ro hrk no pldt
'
..F, = s in*d or si6.l rhzr d.ma36 qops
, r.sis of ss'tjc i!'orhation
106 cHAmR 4
I Exelcise 4{1. Grommol ond wtiling. (choptErs t, 2, ond 4)
Parr L Complete the sentences wirh the correct form of the words in parentheses.
Myname(bι ) │, Surasuk Jutukanyapratcep I(ち の
1
January 6th.
my friends
Para Ir. Vdte thee paragraphs about yourself. Use the passage in Part I as a model. Answer
these questions:
PARAGRAPH III.
6. Who have you met in this class? oR
7. Who have you met recenrly?
8. Give a litde information about rhese people.
KAT.EN: Jane met me for lunch. She was so happy She had passed her ddver's test
a. Jarle talked to Karen. Then she passed her test.
b. Jane passed her test. Then she talked to Karen.
(a) When Sue arrived, Jack wasnl there. He ,ad /efl. ln (a)i There are two evenls, and both happened in the
past Jack loft his apartment. Sue arrived at his
I08 CHAPIER 4
I Exelcise 42. Looking qt grommor. (chort 4-8)
Identi& which action in the past took place 6rst (lst) and which acrion took place second
(2nd).
l. The tennis playe. iumpcd in the air for roy. She hsd woD rhe match.
a. The teDnis player won the match.
b. -!9t-
--znzl The teDnis player jumped in fie air.
2. Before I went to bed, I checled the ftoot door. My rcommete hrd alrerdy loclcd it.
e. I checked the door.
b. -?IZL-
__l9ll My roommete locked the door.
4. -
I laughed when I saw my son. He had poured a bowl ofnoodles on top ofhis hesd.
a.
- I laughed.
b. My son poured a bowl ofnoodles on his head.
5. -
Olir€r arrived at the theater on t ne, but he couldfl't get in. He had left his ticket at
-
home.
a. Oliver left his ticket at home.
b. Oliver arrived at the theater.
6. -
I haaded Betsy the newspaper, but she didn't want it. She had r€sd it during her lurch
-
hour.
a. I hended Betsy the newspaper.
b. Betsy reed the newspaper.
7. -
After Carl arrived in NewYorb he ca[ed his mother. He had prornloed to call her as
-
soon as he got in.
e. Carl made a promise to his mother.
b. Csrl celled his mother.
-
-
You win hear: A:Did Jack htrOducc you to ProFcssor Ne■ ton,
B:No,itヽ vasn't necessatt l had alrcad■ ・met him
You mlchoo昭 h6 ha■ e ⑭
Mv expenence● th EngLsh
。●
υ´/i4タ
l l havc bccn sndled English for eigllt years,but l stln hNe a 10tto learn
2 1 started English classcs at thiS School four wccks a80,and l a■ learning a lot of English
shcc tllen
4 1 havc been thhhng about how tO mprove my English sk11ls qtuckly slncc l came here,but
う Our teacher nkes t0 81■ C tests ヽVe has havc s丘 tests since thc bcghning ofthe term
tcach us
7 1 meet many Fncl■ ds u■ this class l mcct Abdu h he caFeteHa on the Frst day HC Was
8 Abdul have bcen stu"English for threc months His Englishヽ bc● er ula.lmhe
110 CHAPTER 4
Chapler 5
lb) Did Suecatt? Yes, shedid. (Sue called.) ln an atlirmalive shorl ans,ver (J€s), a hslping
Na, she didnt. (Sue didn't catt.) verb is Nor contracted with the subj6ct,
III
4. Was, Did No,tt uasl1't, didn't
it expensive?
5. Is, Doer it ringing? Yes, it ,r, does.
6. Are,Do yon going to answer it? Yesi I 4,,, do.
7 . wa\ Did. the call important? Yes, it tuds, dd
3 AI
B: ヽts, (Mexico is in Nofth America-)
4 A:
B: No, (I won't be at home tonight.)
D A:
Bi Yes, (I haVC a bikc)☆
6 A:
B: ヽts, (Simon has left.)
7 A:
B: ヽヽs, (Simon left with Kate.)
8 A:
B: Ycs, (Acupuncture relieves Pain.)
112 CHAP'ER 5
ごL“α緊滉 11凛認rttf留黒
:YЭ
鳳:corea rspOn臨
711p″ u will hear Are yOu almost ready,
IRI,Eχ
You will choose: a. Yes,I was. b. Yes,I do. yes,I am.
@
I-eavirg for the airport
l. a. Yes,I am. b. Yes,I do. c. yes, ir does.
2. a. Yes,I did. b. Yes,I was. c. yes,I am.
3. a. Yes,I will. b. Yes, it will. c. yes, it did.
4. a. Yes) they are. b. yes, it did. c. yes, ir is.
5. a. Ye6,I am. b. Yes,I will. c. yes,I do.
Askang Sue.llons I l3
6. riflhere's Simon? left,
(Question
word)
(a) Does The same subpcl-veb word order is
(b) Where used in both yes/no and inJormation
114 cHAPI【 R5
」 Exercise 8. looking ql grommoL (chod 5-2)
Read the information about Irina and Paul. Then make complete questions with the given
words and choose the correct short answers,
-1.
QuEsrrovr they \ have \ elecrricity?
Asklng Queslions I I5
コ ′O W Exercise 9. lislening. (chort 5-2)
Listen to the conversation. Then listen again and comPlete ihe sentences with the words you
hear.
them lately?
drem soon?
to invire them.
QuEsrIoNs
l. do you live?
are you lauShing?
2. -
1. will you get here? -
ANsvDRs
-
b. on Fifih Street.
c. Becsuse the ioke was funny.
116 CHAPTIP5
Question
(a) wner6did hs go? lyrerc asks aboul p/aee.
∼
Last night- A queslion with wrre, can be answered by
(b) wrr6r, dad he l€ave? any time sxpression, as in the sample
︱
Monday morning.
Seven-thiriy.
∼
Seven-lhirly. A question with tvrrt tmo asks about
(c) Wn a tin dld he leav€?
︱
6
(d) Wrry did he leave? Because he didn'l leelwell.. lYhy asks aboul r6asol,.
>
e
What did ha leaue tor ? yyhy can also be expressed with the phmses Whrt. ..lotand How come, as
0
in (e)and (r).
Noiice thal wilh How corrre, Lrsualquestion order is not used. The subiect
precedes lhe verb and no form ol do is used.
rsee Chart 8-6, p. 22I for rhc $e of D,.a6d. Be.dBe I .lidn\ t u.lt is n
, k ctause_ It is nor a .ompt.ie s€m.nce. In thi,
ex@ple) it isth. sbort!n!erto, quc ion. ^dEfb
tr Exer€is€ I I.
looking ot grommoL (Chorr 5-3)
Complete each conversation. Make questions using rhe information from Speaker A.
2. A: My kids are transferring to I-akeview Elemenrary School because it,s a better school.
B: rJ0'hat was that? Where ) OR
B: What was that? Why
5. A: I stayed home from work because I wanted to warch the World Crlp final onTV
B: Huh?l why OR
B: Huh“ ヽ
ルЪat t)r,
Asking Queslions I l7
f, Exelcise 12. l.ookilrg ol grommor. (chort s-3)
RestAte the sentences. Use Holtt cornc and $Yhatlot.
I. why are you going? 3. Why does he need more money?
2. I0qhy did rhey come? 4, \vy'hy are they going to leave?
Colrmn A Colum, B
l. Who flew to Rome? a. A small plane flew to Rome'
2. Who did you fly to Rome? b. Pablo flew to Rome'
3. -
what did you fly to Rome? c I flew a small plane to Rome'
4. What flew to Rome?
- d. I flew Pablo to Rome'
-
-
118 cHAPTER 5
Qucstion
s s ln (a): Wnois used as the subjeci (S) ol a question.
(a)
ln (b): lyho(rr) is used as the objecl (O) in a queslion.
o so lytom is used in very lormal English. ln everyday
(b) Wholm) did you see?
spoken English, rr,o is usually used inslead o,
Que3tion
5 I
L. Who knotu? Someone krlows,
a a
2. rYha(n) dia rop a.k? I asked someone.
・ A preposiion m,com● at the beg● lhg ofa ques6on in Кry formal Enυ ish
′あ ● ■´o″ た,■
="■ "(NOr"ぬ 0き
。
b、、,yd,y '
Eng[ish,a preposi● on u"J]y docs no:conc althe beginning oFa qu6tton
Asking Oueslions I l9
J Exercise 17. tooking ol grommor. (chod 5-il)
Complete the sentences with urrro o. .!rrar-
BI anyone else?
2
A: Hc told a Few ouler peoplc
B: tell?
t
A: Some ftiends.
A: Because it's ebout you. But don't worry' It's nothiog bad.
B: Gee. Thanks a lot. That sure makes me feel better.
l2O CHAPTEP 5
U Exercise 20. Lel's reod ond lolk. (cho 5-4)
Work in smell groups. Ask your classmares for the meaning of rhe ,'rlirzed words in rhe
passage. Refer to a dictionary as necessary.
Eico da: We
STUDENT A: What does 0&e mean?
STUDENT B: Tyge means kind ot category-
Typcs of Boots
There are several diferent 0,per ofbooks. You may be familiar with rhe categories ofrcrb,
and tonfction. These ate the two main tlpes. F,;r,on includes ryyr teries, romance, thrillers, science
fictbn, and hoffor. NonJiction incl:udes biograrhies, autobbgra?hies, histary, and r,"arel There arc
other t,?es, but these are some ofthe more commofl ones. Which Rpe do you like besr?
Question
\a) What cloes Bob clo every morning? He goes lo c/ass. What + a form of do ts used to esk
(b) Wral did you do yestsday? questions about activilies,
(c) Wrar Is Anna doi,r,g (ight now)? Sh63 studylng. Examples ol forms of doj am doing,
ld) Whal arc yos golng to do tomonow? I n going lo go to 1e beach. willdo, are going to do, did, etc.
le) What .!o you want to do tonight? I wanl to go to e fiovie.
ll) What woulcl you like to clo lomonofl? I tttould like to visit Jin.
last night?
B: I worked on my monthly reporr.
3. A:
B: I'm going to lisit my relatives.
5. A: this evening?
B: I would like to go to a movie.
6. A:
B: I'm staying home and relaxing most of the day.
8. A: (for a living)?*
B A
I'm a ieacher.
︲
your wife ?
E am?b: tomorrcvt
SPEAKER A: \X/hat ale you going to do tomorrow? /Vhat do you want to do tomorrow? /What
would you like to do tomorrow? / Etc.
SPEqKER B: I'm going to buy a new video game. / I want to buy a new video game. / I'd like to
buy a new video game. / Etc.
l. nighr
last 6. last weekend
2- right now 7. afrer class yesterday
]. next Saturday 8. every morning
4. this aftemoon 9. since you arived in this city
5. tonight 10. on weekends
, It m.ans: Vh@ tow .rcutation, t{* job? Anoth" wv of asti4 the sme
"Whot .to jou .!o? bos special meanins. n
122 cHAmR s
Which
(a) May I borrcw a pen lrom you? ln (a): Ann uses yhrch (nor wrEl) because she
Sur€, I hav6lwo p€ns. This p€n has black ink. wants Tom to choose.
Thal p€n has rcd ink.
Mrrbl, is used when lhe sp€akd wanls someone to
pe,
wilcn do you wanl? oR
make a choice, when the speaker is olrering
ore
Wr,icn do you want? oR
alleanali!€s: ll,is ore or lhat one; lhese or lhose-
Whlch do you wanl?
(b) И力│ザ o"can be used w th ether singular Or plural
I lik6 thes€ 6arings, and I lik€ those loo.
Which l.erlngs /oned are you going lo buy? nouns
Ithink l'llgst lhes€.
JrM: Heres a photo ol my daughlels class. lylrich can be us6d to ask aboul p€opl6 as well as
KMi Vory nic6. Whicn ore is your daughler? things.
(d) IVy aunl gave m6 some money lor my birthday- ln (d): The question do€sn1involvo choosing lrorn a
Im going to lake it with me to lhe mall. parlicular group ol ilems, so Bob uses wr,al, not
0 0
What hind of
QUI]STIoN Whet knd ol a.ks lot inlormation aboui a specilic
iype (a specilic kind) in a 9an6ral cat6gory
Bools.
Sandals. ln (e): generalcalegory = shoes
4 A:
B: A pen. (Hassan borrorvcd a pen from me.)
5 A:
B: Two pieces of hard candy. (I have two pieces of hard candy in my hand.) Would you
like one?
A: Yes. Thanks.
B:
A: The !'ellow one. (I'd like the yellow one.)
6. A: Tony and I wenr shoppinS. I gor some new shoes.
B:
A: A tie. (Tony got a tie.)
124 cHAPIER5
」 Exelcis€ 27. Worm-up, (chort s-7)
Answer the quesdons.
Question
(a)″ Se(● ●●A Sths? lt s」 ohn's(b00k) lflhose asks about possession.r
"●
(b)Nヽ。Se(b001S)are those? Theプ re mine(oR my boOkS) Nolice in (a)i The speaker ofthe question
(C)村ヽOSe cardid pu borrc w? l borrowed Karen s(cao may omil ths noun (Dool) illhe meaning is
COMPAREl
lYho's and lyhose have lhe same
(d)″ わοも that? Mary Smith.
(0)物 10Se 6 that?
l,Yrob is a contraction ol lvho is
l,Yhose asks aboul possession.
rS.. Chtrs 6 I I, p. 166, md 6-12, p. l6a, for ears ofcxpEssing posscssion.
RⅢ o
´
D 6
Oヽ Whose 3 W■ o's WЪ ose WЪ o's W■ osc
2. Who's Vhose ,t Who's Wlose WЪ oヽ W hose
2. whose who's 、
vho's
Column B
a O c d e
126 cHAPT[R5
Question
I drove. / By car. HorYhas many us€s. On6 us6 ol
I took a tari./ By laxi. ,,ow is to ask aboul m6ans (ways) oi
(a) Howdid you gel here? Itook a bus./ By bus. transportalion.
lll€w./ By plane.
Ilook a irain. / 8y l€in.
lwalked. / On loot.
(b) How otd arc you? Holv is often used wilh adjeciives
lc) How ta is he1 (e.9., oi4 bU)and adverbs (e.9., we4
(d) Houy brg is yourapa(menl? ll has thr6e rcoms.
le) How sleepy ate yoo?
ll) How hunqryarcyou? l'm slaruing.
(g) Horl soo, willyou be ready?
(h) t ow wel does he speak English?
li) How quickty can you get herc2 I can get lh6r6 in 30 minutes
Long John
John is 14 years old. He is very rall for his age. He is 6 foot, 6 inches (2 meters). His
friends call him "Inng John." People are surprised ro find out thar he is still a teenager. Both
his parenrs are average heighrr soJohn's hcight sccms unusual.
It causes problems for him, especially when he rravels. Beds h hotels are too short, and
there is never enough leg room on airplanes. He is very uncomfortable. Vrhen he can, he
prefe$ to take a train because he can walk arcund and stretch his legs.
5. A:
B: By plane. (I'm going to get to Buenos Aires by plane.)
is the car?
B: There's dirt on the floor. We need to vacuum it inside.
5, A: is the fi:yine pan?
B: Dont touch it! You'll burn yourself.
is rhe street you live ofl?
B: There is a lot oftrafiic, so we keep the windows closed a lot.
arc you about interviewing for the job?
B: Very- I already scheduled an interview with the company
I28 CHAPIER 5
」 Exercise 35. Worm-up: Irivio. (cho 5-9)
Match each quesrion in Column A wirh the best answer in Column B.i
Colu![n A Column B
l. How often does the earth go completely a. About six times a yeer.
around the sun? _ b. Severel hundred times s day,
2. How often do the sunmer Olympics c. Once a yesr.
d. Every four years.
3. How ofren do earthquakes occur? _ e. Exactly 22 times a day.
4. How many dmes a year can a healthy
person safely donate blood? _
5. How many times a day do the hands
on a clock overlap? _
Question
How orlen asks aboul lrequency.
lb) How many t,,,es e clay do you eal? Olher ways of asking ,or oriar,
How fieny tlmes a week do
Iadav
you go shopping? I a w*t
How fiany tlmaa a month do
hoy metry tlmo, \ e ndth
you go to lhe posl otlice? L".",
t
How metry tl.,es a y6ar do
you lake a vacalion?
Frequancy ExpEa3lona
a lot
occasaonally
rEMJ o,Lr &, m..ns "Mondry y.t, Tucsday no, la,edneday ys, Thusday no," er.-
Or rd meds "Epproxim.t.ly."
]. check email
2. listen to podcasts
3. go out to eat
4. cook your owrl dinner
5. buy e toothbrush
6. go swimmiog
7. attend weddirBs
8. do*rrload music ftom the Intemet
1. you?
^
Z
vou?
3 you weiSh?
8 you exelcise?
I30 CHAPTER s
J Exercise 38. Worm-up. (chort 5-rO)
Irok at the map and answer rhc questions about flying distances ro these cities.
iri./365km.
774ni./1,25}km.
640nii7r;3oolim.
(a) tr is 489 miles from Oslo to Helsinkiby air., Ihe mosl cohmon way oi expressing dislance:
trom Moscow roBeijing. It ls + disterce + lronno + b/lrom
(b),trs3,605miles ,rom Beijing lo Moscow. ln (b): Alllour expressions wilh trom and to hav6 the
to Berlng f/om t\,loscow. same m6aning.
ro Moscow from Aeijing.
How far is it hom Mumbai lo Delhi? How rar s useo io ash quesrions about dtslance
725 miles.
-
How tat clo you live lrcm school?
(d)
-
e
How many miles is itlrcm London to Paris? Other ways to ask tow t ri
r g
B: Six blocks. (Itt six blocks from here to the post office.)
4
B: A few miles. (I live a few miles from work.)
tr + raKE + lsoMEoN1 + TENGTH oF rlME + rNFlNlrlvE t ta is often used wilh lime words
,t +
and an infinilive lo express length of
(a) It lakes 20 minules llm€, as in (a) and (b).
(b) ,t took An intinilive : lo + the sinple forn ol a
(c) How lorg does it iake lo cook rice? Twenly minules. How long asks abaul length of lne.
(dl How /ong did il lake Al to drive lo work loday? Two houG
(e) How lorg drd you sludy lasl nighl? Fourhouls.
1l) How torg will you be in Hong Kong? Ten davs
Olher ways ol asking lDw rorg;
\g) How fiany days,Nillyou be in Hong Kong?
f minut€s
I no,,"
how mznv + | 0,,"
<
I monttrs
I y""o
rsee Cha l3-f,p.146.
I32 CHAPTER 5
-l Exelcise 42. tel's lqlk: poirwork. (chort 5-l l)
'Work with a partner. Thke tums asking and answering questions usitgia + toke. Share a few
of your answers ivith the class.
L How long does rt take you lo . . .
a. eat breakfast? ' ]t takes me kn uinuks ro eat breakfast.
b. get to class?
c. write a short paragraph in English?
d. read a 300-page book?
2. A:
B: A $'eek. (Mr. McNally $ill be in rhe hospital for a \(,eek.)
3. A:
B: A long time. (It takes a long time to learn a second language.)
5. A:
B: Six years. (I lived in Oman for sL\ yeafs.)
A bitlldas
l l1 71θ
"t your birhday'
^∠ 3 一 4 一
Spoken Only
・ ,ダ わθn3 he oOminO?" ls, ara. doE.s, did, h$, hava and wrrrare usually
・И″
νbSい 。late2・ contracled wilh quesiion wods in speaking,
・ Nha′ ,η these'・
・ ″い0夕 ,they talkng io?"
・ /hen3 thO movie starl?・
I・
・ツソわeret ho lVe?"
・ ″ヽOυ ,ou see?"
・ ″ha′ υ yOu dO?・
・ //11ere″
・ ,νhen″ thOy
"u be?・
be here?・
(h)″ → whaddaya thnk? what alo you and Whet are you bolh can be reduced
"ardo you
(1) W"arare you → vvhaddaya thinking' to 'whaddaya in spoken English.
$'ritten
(1)レ νわereb EO? Only contracfions wilh wrere, whet, ot vvho + la are
lν hatb thal? cornmonly used in wriling, such as in letters lo Jriends
V"0も he?
ツ or emails. They are ggnerally nol appropriate ia more
formalwritino, such as in magazins articles or
134 CHAP'ER 5
:I Exercise 45. listening, (chqn s-t2)
, Lisren to the conEactions in rhese ouesttons.
(,
,..D.,, l. V&e!e is mykey? 8. Why is the teacher absent?
2. Il'here are my ke]s? 9. Who is rhat?
3. people?
\X/ho are those 10. Why did you say that?
4. Vrhat is in that box? I l. Who did you ralk to ar the parry?
5. What arc you doing? 12. How are we going to get ro work?
6- Where did Bob go las. nighr? 13. Whar did you say?
7. V,ho will be ar the party? 14. How will you do that?
we going down?
7
going?
2
going with?
3
that?
4
known him?
5
meet him?
7
a good student?
8
be back?
9
I36 CHAPTER s
Question
,
a り >
How do you say lponource lhis word? To an$/er (c): Pronounce ihe word.
lh) How do you do? How do you do? is used by two speakeG
when they meel each olherlor lhe lirsl lime in a
somewhai formal silualion, as n (h).'
rA: Ir, Etic|1bn, lU lihe to intudue rou to a Jri.nd ol nin., Ril B@a. Ri.k, &n n nr biol,p ?nlsd,Ir- Eti.tn.
B: Htu do )au do, Mr Bttunl
C: Htu do roa do, D. Etnasd? I'n rLaed,o n.et )ot.
Exampl2: cotJnty
TEACHER: How do you spel "country"?
TEAM A: C-O-U-N-'ER-Y
TEACHER: Good. (If.he a$roer ;s inanect, the othet team gets a fiy.)
l. together 7. beginning
2. people 8.intelligent
3. daughter 9.Mississippi
4. beautitul 10. purple
5. foreign ll. rained
6. neighbor 12. different
Exanple: -\
SPEAKER A: How do you say "yes" in French?
SPEA(ER B: "Yes" in French rs "oui."
1 No. 3. Okay. 5. Good-bye.
2. Thank you. 4. How are you? 6. Excuse me.
(a) A: Ws n66d one more player. How about and what about have lhe same meaning
B: llow about/What about Jack? and usage, They are used to make suggeslions or
Lel's ask him il he wants lo play.
(b) A: what lims should we meet? tlow about and flt'6? at oul are iollowed by a noun
B; How about/What about thrcc o'clock? (or pronoun) or lhe -rng lorm of a verb (gerund).
(c) NorE: How about and what ,boul are lrequently used
A: Whal should we do this atlernoon?
in informalspoken English, bul are usually not used in
B: How about going to the zoo?
witing.
(d) A: what ebout asking Sally clr'er lor dinner nexl
Sunday?
a: Okay. Good idea.
A: I'mlted. How about you? How about you? and What aboulyou? ae usedlo
B: Yes, l'm tir6d loo. ask a question thal relers lo lhe informalion or
quesrion rhai mmediately preceded il.
(f) A: Are you hungry?
B'. No. what about you? ln le): How about you? = Ate You tircd?
A: l'm a lattle hungry tr lll: what about you? = Arc you hungry?
138 CHAPTER 5
1. A: Did you like the movie?
B: It was okay,I guess. How ebout you?
A: a. I thought it was pretty good.
b. I'm sure.
c. I saw it last night.
2. A: Are you going to the company party?
B: I haven't decided yet. Vrhatabout you?
A: a. I didn't know that.
b. Why aren't you going?
c. I think I will.
3. A: Do you like living in this city?
B: Sort of. How about you?
A: a. I'm living in the city.
b. I'm not sure. Iis pretry noisy.
c. Yes, I have been.
4. A: What are you going to have?
B: Well, I'm not really hungry I think I might order just a salad. How about you?
A: a. I'll have one too.
b. I'm earing at a restaurant.
c. No,I'm not.
A6t:Edv€ (+) Nesative (-) Amrmatlve When the main verb is allirmative,
Expected Allstcr lhe iag question is negalive, and
You knowBitt. yes
ld) ihe erpected answer agrees wiih
(e) Marie is lrom Paris, yes
Tag questions have two types of intonalion: rising and ralling. The
メ intonation determines the meaning oJ lhe lag.
一
(h)n wi be n celomorrow,wり ″■rt? A speaker uses risrng intonalion lo make sure intormalion is correct, ln
(h): the speaker has an ideaithe speaker is chec{ng to see il lhe idea
ヽ
、
(1)IW“ lbe n cetOmorrcl wo"',lt? Fallrng inlonaiion is used when the speaker is seeking agreement. ln (i):
the speakerlhinks ii willbe nice lomorrow and is almosi cenain lhe
│。(i)i The speaker has no idea The speakeris simply looking lor
(j) - Will il be nic6 tomorrou/? nlormation
Ye., it wlll. oA No, it won t. Compare(い )and o)Wnh o)
-
140 cHAPT[R5
-la" Exercise 57. Grommor ond lislening. (Chorr S-r5)
Complete the tag questions wirh rhe correct verbs. Then lisren to the quesrions and check
@ vour answers.
l Simple Pr:esert
a. You /.Ae strong coffee, aon't \orr?
b. David j.oes to Ames High School, he?
i. In in trouble,
2 . Simple Past
a. Paul .L,err to Indoncsia, hc,
4. Present Perfect
a- It,,,ar 6ee, warmer than usual, ir?
b. You'ae &ad a lor ofhomework, vou?
c. We haz)en't spe t m\ch rimc rogether,
d. Fatima l,ar sra,"red her new job, sht・ ,
3. I',m , aren\ I?
6. 'lbmorrow will be
l. yes no 6. Yes no
2. yes no 7. yes no
3. yes no 8. yes
4. yes no 9. yes no
5. yes no 10. Yes no
5. It's fteezing out and you're not wearing gloves' aren't you?
I42 cH^mR 5
-.1 Exercis€ 6I. Lislening. (chopter 5)
a Polt 1. Listen ro the questii)ns and choose fie correcr ans$crs.
(o
j',\.',',, E t pb: You $ill hear: Hou often do,vou brush vour rcrth?
You \r'ill choose: ,. Three times , d.!
b Ye., I do.
(. In rhe evening.
l. a. Iloveir. 4. a. Tlvo milcs.
b. Jazz and rock. b. Threc blocks.
c. The radio- c. Ten minutcs.
2. r. I \r.as really tired. 5. a. Am_v is.
b. At 7:10. b. Am,v's.
c. A package. c. Thar is Am!.
l. a. A lide sick. 6. a. Ne(r lveek.
b. No,I'm not- b. A ferv days ago.
c. Ho$'ard's fine. c. On Fifrh Srrcct.
Pal, /L Listen to each convcrsarion and choosc the senrencc rhar best compleles rr.
7. a. My waller. 9. a. Yes,Iam.
b. Ai the box oflicc. b. My company is moving ro anorher ciry.
c. I think so. c. I lovcd m_v job.
8. a. It usuall,v comcs by noon- 10. a. ICs grear.
b. Bv truck. b. I'm ,r consrrucrion supervisor.
c. One time a dar. c. V/e're doing rcallv well.
Once upon a time, there was a king with three unmarried daughters. One day while the
king was thinking about his daughters' futures, he had an idea. He thought, "I'm going to drop
three iewels among the young men in the village c€nter. The men who 6ndr the iewels will
become my daughte$' husbands." He announced his plan to all of the people ofhis kingdom.
'Ille next day, the king took an emerald, a ruby, arld e diamond into the village. He walked
among the young men and dropped the jewels. A handsome man picked up the emerald. Then
a wealthy prince found th€ ruby. But a frog hopped toward the diamond and took it He said
ro rhe king, "I am the Frog Prince. I claim your third daughter as my wfe."
Whcn the king toldTrina, his third daushtcr, abour rhe Frog Prince, she refused to marrv
him. She hid from her friends and grew saddcr every da]'. Mcanwhile, her two sisrers had
grand weddings.
*The simple prcsen! is used here b€.ausc th. fory is sivins th. Lins's qact words in 6 quotarion, Notic' rhd quotad6' mark
("-..").r€ *cd. S.. Chari 14 8, p. 0o0. for moF infomation .bout quotaii.ns.
I44 cHAmR s
Eventuelly,Trifla ran away and went to live in the woods, bur she was very lonely and
unhappy. One dayTrina went swimming in a lake. Trina became tired in the cold water and
decided to give up. She didn't want to Iive anymore- As she was drowning, the ftog suddenly
appeared and pushedTrina to the shore.
"Why did you save my life, Frog?"
"Because you are very young, and you have a lot to live for."
"No,I dont," seid the princess. "I am rhe most miserable person in the world."
"kt's telk abour it," said the frog. Trioa and the Frog Prince sat together for hous and
hours. Frog listened and understood. He told her about his own unhappiness and loneliness.
They shaled their deepest feelings with each other.
One day while th€y were sitting near rhe lateJTrina felt grear affecrion for the ftog. She
bent down and kissed him on his forehead. Suddenly rhe fiog tulned into a man! He took
Trina in his arms and said, "You saved me with your kiss. An evil wizard changed me ftom a
prince into a frog. I needed to find dre love ofa woman with a uuly good hearr to set me ftee.r
You looked inside me and found the real me."
Trina and the prince returned to the casde and got married. Her rwo sisters, she
discovered, were very unhappy because their husbands treated them poorly. Bu( Trina and her
Frog tuince lived happily ever after.
Questions:
l. Vhqt did the king want for his daughters?
2. Why did a frog claimTrina for his wife?
3. What didTrina do to escape the mariage?
4. Where did she meet the ftog again?
5. Why did she kiss the ftog?
6. What did an evil wizard do to the ftog?
7. rt(/hat kind oflives did her sisreE have?
8. luhat kind of life did Trina and $e Frog Prince have?
Par,l/. Write a story tharbegins A.ce utton a arrre. Use one ofthe given topics.
Topis:
l. Read the story again and then retell it in your own words. Write one or two paragraphs.
Do not look at the story when you wrire.
2. lSfrite a fairy tale that you are familiar with, perhaps one that is well known in your cuhue.
3. Create a story with your classmates, Each student w tes one or two sentences ar a rime.
One student begins the story. Then he or she passes the paper oo to anotler student, who
then writes a sentence or two and passes the paper on until everyone in the class has
had a chance to write part ofthe story, or until the story has aD ending. This srory can
then be reproduced for the class to edit togethet. The class may wanr to add art and
"publish" the 6nal product as a small book.
2. vacatlon 5. cities
1. classes 6. knives
146
Singular
(a) one bird To make mosl nouns plural add -s.
(r) one tomato The plurallorm oi nouns lhal end in -o is sometimes -oesand
one zoo
one zero
-oes: lonatoes, potatoes, heroes. echoes
-o3: zoos, tadios, studios, pianos, solos, sopmnos, pholas, autos,
(h) The plura form ol some nouns is lhe same as lhe singular form.
() one bacter um Some nouns lhal English has borrowed irorn olher languages
one cr sls have loreign p ura s.
3. one wish
5 a tax a lot of
6 tヽ v(〕
7 a hobby
8 one leaf 〔
ヽV0
9 a
10 a belief many
11 one wolf
12 a radio
14 one
/buttcrny dlieF
baby library iomato
boy potato ■ clman
148 cHAPIER 6
I Exercise 5. Check youl knowledge. (chod6-l)
Edit the newspaper ad by making the appropriate nouns plural. There are eight e ors.
ON SALEr*n,"*or,rn',r
3 4
〓リ ス︶
n n
0 0
y y
C C
n n
0 0
n n
0 0
ycs
^
∠
ycs
(b) seeds : seed/z/ Final s is pronounced′ z7after voiced sounds ln(b) Z7iSthe sound oi z
in'buzz:
holes : hole// Examples of voiced・ sounds: ′
d′ ′
rl ′′/m′ ,′ げ,and al■ owelsounds
(c) dishes = dish/., Firal-s/+sis pronounced /az./altet -sh, ch, s, z, ge/ dge sourds
matches = malch/3, ln (c)i /r/ adds a syllable 1o a word.
classes : clasye,
sizes = size/ezl
pages = page/r/
judges = judge/a,
rsee Cha.r 2 5, p.39,formore informadon sb our vo iceles s and voi.ed $nnds.
ftr,Ir. Read your lists. Make sentences using the following information Share som€ of your
seDtences with the class.
つ
Birds fly.
I lt
1t
tt
︵︶ V
N ⑤
1. People ,n ile when they're happy.
2. Maryam has a nice sri,I" when she's happy.
V
3. Plesse dont sign your nanre in pencil.
V
4. People ofted ,arr€ their children after relatives.
N N N N
V
5. Airplenes lrrd on runways at the airport.
V
6, The lard across [he s6eei ftom out house is wcant.
V
7. People usually sbz milk in the ref:igerator.
V
8. We went to the rror? to buy some milk.
V
9. I took the express ,ra;4 fiom NewYork tovashiDgton, D.C.,last week.
V
10. Lindsey ,rairJ horses as a hobby.
I52 CHAPIfR 6
S V O PBEP OOF PFEP l$any English sentences have preposilional phrases-
(a) Ann put her books oD the desk
(noun)
ln (a): or, fte deskis a preposilional phrase.
A prepositional phrase consisls ol a pFEposroN ipFEp)and
S V PBEP OOF PREP an oBJEcT oF A PBEPOSTTON (o of puEp). The object of a
(b) A leat lell to the grcuncl preposition is a NouN,
(noun)
-
4. a. A telketive woman sat with her husband.
-
f, Exelcise 17. bt's lolk. (chort 6-4)
Review prepositions ofplace by using the given phrases in complete sentences. Demonstrate
the meaning of the preposition with an action while you say the sentence. rl!'ork in pairs, in
small groups, or as a class.
154 cHAmR 6
u Exercise 19. Reoding. (cho 6-4)
Read the passage and thcn answer the quesrions.
Finally, tlere is the/o/rsrlodl. On rhe surfa€e ofthis floor are fallen leaves, bBnches! and
otherdeb s.*" In general) the largest animals in the minforest live in this layer. Common
animals in this habiBr are tigers and go llas.
l. Name two tlpcs of animals rhar live in the tops of gianr trecs.
2. V/herc is the urderstory?
3. Where do you think most mosquiroes live?
4. r,Juhat are some differences between
the emeryent layer and the forcst floor?
r?usrad, = in botany, a pler rhsr is talle. th.n oder plans oround n. lkc a rau ree in o foresr
*a.i.6nr = loose, natuEl m.tdirl.like dirr
l h (認
"″ )
3 on ⑫り物 )
2 on (あ の 4 at ("η り
1. r,J(ahar
do you like to do _ rhe evening?
2. \r(lhat do you usually do night before bed?
3. \vy'hat do you like to do _ Sarurday mornings?
4. !(/hat did you do January Isr ofthis year?
-
5. What were you doing Jafluary lst, 2000 (the beginning ofde new
millennium)?
-
6
TIME S V PLACE Expressions ol lime can also come atthe begtnning ot a sentence,
\c) tn 2008, Ann moved as in (c)and (d).
ld) Yestetday we wenl Al me phrase at lhe beginning ol a sentence is oflen lollowed by a
(d)│″/brOめ er alld sお ね
「 ″ve n Jakarta
(e) The grasses over lhere under the winclow by the Sometimes phrases como belvJeen a subjecl and a
verb These phrases do nol allect lhe agreemenl ol
The intomatio, in lhose magazines aboLrl the subiect and velb.
(1)
Vietnamese cullure and cusloms i5 v6ry interosling
(k) Peopre in my counlry aretiiendly Peopte is a plural noun and lakes a pluralverb.
158 cHAPTER6
-l Exercise 26. Looking ql grqmmor. (chorr 6-7)
Vork in small groups. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the velb from the list.
Discuss the words you use to describe diferent animal sounds in your native language.
2. Dogs 7- Cats
'1. Lrons in rhe wild 8. Sea lions on a beach
7. The neighbors in rhe apartment next to mine is very fiiendly and helplUl.
-
become cooler. - - - -
Elephant have very lerge ear-. when they ere hot, they can flap their huge
t3 l{
ear-. The -flapping ear- act like a fan and itcool- them. Elephant also
15 16 l? la t9
like to roll in the mud to stay cool.
20
-
J Exelcise Zr. Worm-up. (chod 6-8)
Think about the very first teacher you had. Choose words ftom b€low to descnbe him/her.
young liiendly
middle-aged unfriendly patient
elderly fun impatient
the tall womanwote a now ctess. We say that adjectives "modit/ nouns. Modiry means "change
c0
fhe shorl womanworc an olat drcss. a little.'An adiective changes lhe meaning ol a noun by giviog
fhe Wung womanwo@ e shorl ciess. more inlormation aboul il.
(e)
qoses aB beautiful flowers. Adiectives are neither singular norplural. They do Nor havo a
tN.oRREcf: Boses are beautiluls flowerc. plurallorm.
He wote a white shirt. Adjeclives usually com€ immedial€ly betore nouns, as in (r).
NCARBECI: He wOrc a shitt white. Adjecrives can also Jollow main verb be, as in (g) and (h).
Aoses arc beautiful.
His shilt was rl,le.
2. onTuesday 5.
- quickly and then slowly
3. - going to a femous place 6. long or short hair
-
」 Exercise 3I. Looking ql glommqr. (cho 6-E)
Add the given ediectives to ihe sentences. Choose tu)o of the three adiectives in each irem to
sdd to the sentence.
I60 CHAPTER 6
2. empty, wet, hot The waiter poured coffee inro my cup.
3. ftesh, clear, hungry Mrs. Fields gave the kids a snack.
4. dify, modern, delicious Afrer our dinner, Frank helped me with the dishes.
Part IL Complete the sentences wirh tle same words you added in Parr I. Some ofyuur
completions might sound a little odd or funny. Read your complered passage aloud to anotler
group or ro rhe rest ofthe class.
One day a/an old girl was walking in rhe ciry Her name was
I
. She was carrying a package for hcr grandmother. k conrained somc
As she was walking do\lll the sareet, tan ulicF stole her packagc
6
1lhc girl pulled out her cell phore and called the police, rrho caught the
thicf a nearby building and returned her package to her. She took ir
8
l εlた kι 4′ ∂′ぅ 4
$rcoBBECf: a llowers gerclen When a noun is used as an adiective, il is singular in lorm, Nor plural.
trcoq&ecf: lhe shoes stora
l. Or,e dey, compukt progams will make it possible for computers to think.
2. Computzt make life more stressfirl. yes no
'Vhcn onc noofl modifld dorh.r nouj ihe spokd sGs is usuallv on the 6nr noun: d aEmat ,@l
162 cHAmR 6
コ
Exelcise 36, Lislening ond speoking. (Chorh 6-l , 6-9)
´0 =
L Listen to two friends talking about findin8 an aparrment.
Phr,
Porr rr. Complete your own conversation, Perform ir for the class. You can use words fiom
the list. NoTE: This conversation is slightly diferenr from Part I.
I nced
B: I just helped a fiiend flnd one. I can help you. What else do you want?
I \{.nt Also, I
I dont u?nt
B: An,'thing else?
would be nice.
B: That's e:pensive.
Personal Pronouns
ヽURJ「 CT PRON()tNヽ : ′ ωで )rcu he, she, it theY
OB,ECI PRONOUNS: 171θ S you him, het, i them
“
(C) Mike has a new blue bike. A p.onoun can reler lo a single noun (e.9., Krre) orlo a noln phrase
He boughl /t yeslerday. ln (c) il relers lo rhe $,ho € naun pn?se a new blue bike.
Itike is in class. He is laking a test. Singular one. Plural = more lhan one.
h
The sluderts arc in class. They arc Singular pronouns reler lo singular nouns; plural pronouns reler lo
taking a tesl. plural nouns. as in the examples.
1. The apples were rotten, so the children didnl eat thern even though they were really
hungr-v.
b. they =
2. Do bees sleep at ght? Or do thev work in the hive all night long? You never see them
after dark. What do they do after night falls?
a they =
b ■ cm‐
c tlley =
164 cHAPIR6
3. Thble tennis began in England in the late 1800s. Today it is an inrernational sport. My
brother and I played it a lot when we were teenagers. I bear hi,n sometimes, but he was
better player and usually won.
﹂ ・
ヽ ︶ C
m
d hc =
Pictue A Picture B
sNGULAR:(a) lknow the student's name. An apostrophe (') and an -3 arc used wilh nouns lo
PLURAL: (b) I know the sruderls'names.
pruuAr: (c) I know the clrl'rdrer's names.
denib name
匡くコDO Z 一
L The teachcr answered the vxden, ! questions. (ne) mOrc than one
2. The teacher answered the.rudrra que\Lions one mOre than onc
3. Our daug,irters' bedroom is next to our rcom. onc more than one
166 cHAPI[R0
´” く
Our sort room is downstairs. one more than one
one
,
M?r?t clothing is on sale at the department store. more than one
´い ﹀
This looks like a ?.,omdr! shirt. one more than one
2. husband is Sam.
[‖ a+Ned
3. Howard is broth€r.
4. Howard is husband.
5. grandmother is EIla.
Lisa + Sam Howard + Moni,
6. parents are SBm and Lise.
I
T T T
F F F
2. elephent skin is pink and wrir*led.
3. man Pat is a namc
Pat is a name
T T T
F F F
6. Men brains are bigger than wom€n's brains-
7. person A eyes blink more if he/she is nervous.
8. P€ople voices always ger lower as they age.
- -
*See 7i{ p.421
'n,4,sd^,
∞ MPAREめe17VS● θre vsめ ey rel fheh, therc, and they're have the same
(m)The students havo● e″ books prcnunciation, bul not lhe same m€aning.
(n)My bOOkS are over● o70 tieir:possessivs adjsclivg, as in lm)
(。 )Where are the students?■ わe/re in class tlrere: an expression ol placo, as in (n)
they?e = key arc, as in lol
l6t cHAmn 6
10. a. Adam and Arnanda are married. Thq, Them live in an aparnnent buildilg.
b. Their, Thete, Trey're apartment is on the fifth floor.
c. We Iive in the same building. Orr, Ours apartment has one bedroom, bur rieir,
,reirr has two.
d. Their, There, I'hq'rc sirtjng ,heir, thete, fiqt're now because their, there, they're
waiting for a visit ftom ,heir, therc, hqt're son.
(a) / saw mys€I, in lhe mirror- Reliexive pronouns end in -selfl-selyes. They ar6 us6d
(b) Yo, (one pe6on) saw yot /serl when lhe subjecl (o.9., ,) and lhe obiect (e.9., rryser) are
(c) Sre saw heBerl
himsell (d) Hesaw himsen tNcoBFEcr: I saw me in the mfuoi
iisall (€) l(e.9., the kitlen) saw ,rserf.
ll) We saw ourselves-
(g) You (plural) saw yourserves.
(h) Ireysaw fiemselves.
\k) I enjoyed myselt atthe lar. Enloy and a lew olher verbs are commonly lottowed by a
rellexive prcno!n. See the lisl below.
5. It is important for aI ofus to have confidence in our own abilities. We need to believe in
5
2 3
6
I70 CHAPIER 6
Exelcise 5I. Worm-up. (cho 6-14)
Choose the picture that matches the description.
(a) There is a large bowl ol apples on lhe tabre. Paut ,Arorrrffm€ans "one more oU o, a group ot similar
is going lo eat one apple. lf he is slill hungry alter il6ms, on6 in addilion to the one(s) already menlioned,"
that, he can eal anolher apple. There are many
/lrotlrar is a combinalion ol a, + olr,€4 wrillen as
apples to choose lrom.
T71″ 0`″ gr
There are two apples on lhe lable. Paul is going to Ihe olrter means "lhe last one in a specilic groupilhe
eal on€ oflhem. Sara is going to eal the only one thai remains irom a given number ol similar
oヽ d ae me中
"sara“
。1籠 指響
Nouns ond Pronouns I7I
」 Exercise 52. Looking ql grommor. (chod 6-14)
Complete tlle sentences vilh onother ot thc oahet.
2.
Picture A
one is a chicken.
b. bird is a crow.
3. Therc are many kinds ofbirds in the world. Onc kind is an eagle
a b
kind is a chicken.
kind is a crcw.
C kind is a sea gull.
d. WIar is the name of klnd of bird ul tllc world'
4. It rained yesterday, and ftom the look ofthose dark clouds, we're going to have
5. Nicole and Michelle are identical twins. The best way to tell them apart is by looking at
rheir ears. One of rhem has pierced ears, and
Pictl■ rc A Picture ts
1 2
-
I72 CHAPTER 6
6-
Other(s)
Ther€ ars many apples in Paul's kitchen. Pau, is Ot rer(s) (withoul lrte)means "sevelalmo.e out ol a
holding one apple. group of similar ilems, several in addition to the one(s)
The other(s)
There are lour apples on the lable. Paul s going Il,e ofrer(s) means '1he lasl ones in a specific group,
the remains from a grven number of s miar lems.'
(d) Sara is going to take Ihe olrrer(withoul an -s) can be used as an adtective
as n (d) and (e).
in front ol a noun or the word ores,
Sala is going to lake Ihe olterc (wi1h an -s) is a p ura pronouni il is nol
l. Hold two pens. Use a form of o,rs, to describe the second pen.
, I'n holdinc Rr,\, pe/E. O r i mine, and the othet bellings t Ahmed.
2. Hold three pens. Use a form of oria to describe the second and third pens.
3. Hold up your two hands. One of them is your right hand. Tell us about your left hand,
using a form of ott?r.
4. Hold up your right hand. One of the five frngers is your thumb. Usirg forms of orter, tell
us about your index finger, then your middle finger, then your ring 6nger, and then your
little finger, the last ofthe five fingers on your right hsnd.
l. There are many kinds of animals in the world. The elephant is ooe kind. Some
atharo ate igers, horses, and bears.
2. There are many kiods ofanimals io the world. The elephant is one kind. Some
kinds are tigers, horses, and bears.
3. There are rhree colors in the Italian flag. On€ ofthe colo$ is red.
are green and white.
4. There are thrce colo$ in the Italian flag. one ofthe colors is red.
colors are green and whitc.
□ │ │○ △
7. There are four geometric figures in the above dre$ing. One is a square.
figures are a rectangle, a circle, and a tdangle.
8. ofthe four geometric figures in the drawing, only the circle has curved lines.
have straighr lines-
I7. CHAPIEP 6
I Exercise 55. Lel's reod ond wrile. (chods 6-13 ,6-15)
Pa', L Read the passage and answer the questions.
Calrrins Yourser
\vhen was the last time you felt nervous or anxious? Vrere you able to calm yourself.)
There arc a variety of techniques that people use to calm tiemselves. Here are three that many
people have found hetptul.
One way that people relax is by imagining a peaceful place, such as a tropical beach.
Thinking about the warm waterj cool breezes, and steady sounds ofthe o€ean waves helps
people calm rhemselves- Another popular method is deep breathing. In}Ialing deeply and then
slowly exhaling is an easy way for people to slow their heart rate and relax their body. Still other
people find exercise helpful. Some people benefit from a slow activity like a 2o-minute walk.
Others prefer activiiies that make them tired, like running or swimming.
How about you? How do you calm yourself when you feel nervous? Do any of these
methods help you, or do you do other things to rela-.(?
1- Whar arc three ways people relax when they are nervous? (Use on e and aao,rrel in your
2. do some people choose actMties like running and s$.imming as a way to relax?
',J(/hy
3. Imagine you are trying to relax by thinking ofa peaceful place. \uhat place would you
think of?
4. How do you relax when you are nervous?
Pa.t 1I. Read this paragraph by one student who tells how he rela-les when he's nervous.
Sometimes I feel nervous, especially when I have to give a speech. My body begins to
shake, and realize lhat I have to calm myself down. This is the technique I use: I imagine myself
in a peacelul' place. My favorile place in the world is the sea. I imagine myself on the watet I am
floating. I feel the warm waler around me. The sounds around me are very relaxing. I only hear
the waves and maybe a few birds. I don'l think about the past or the luture. I can feel my heart
rate decrease a little, and my body slowly starts to calm down.
PaltIrl IlT te a paragraph about how you relax when you are nefious. Follow the model.
Give specifrc details about how you rclax and what the results are.
1. Juan has only two suits, a blue one and a gray one. His wife wants him ro buy
anol:her one.
6 Mv bovfriend gave me a ring. I tied to put it on mv ring finger, bur ir didn\ lir. So I had
tO putlt On finger.
8. Sometimes when ['m rhirsty, I'll have a glass of water, but often one glass isn\ enough, so
I'1l have onc
9 ncrc are nve letters inふ c wordチ た One Ofthc lettcrs ls a vowel
“
are consonants
176 cHAPTER0
3. a. There are several roads the speakers can take,
b. There are two roads the sp€rkers can take.
A: That doesn't work for me. For example, ifl'm feeling lonely and I go to a movie by
mysel! I look at all people who are there with their friends
and family, and I start to feel even lonelier. So I try to find
things to do to keep m]'selfbusy. Vhen I'm busy,I don't feel lonely.
9. There are two pool at the park. The smaller one is for childs. The another is for adults.
11. I don't like my apartment. Its in a bad neighborhood. Is a Iot ofcrime. I'm going to
The verbs lisled below arc called "modal auxiliaies ' They arc helping verbs lhai express a wde range of
meanings (ability, permisson, possibilily, necossily, etc.). [losl ol lhe modals have mor€ lhan one meaning.
1フ 8
O Exorclso 2. looking dl grommor. (chor 7-l)
+ corra. Add ,o where necessary.
Make scntences with the given verbs IJse this model:
la aonighL
Exanpb:
- can - l*o can ame tonight.
l. mey 6. mighr
2. should 7. had bener
3. ought 8. has
4. will not 9. has gor
5. could Dot 10. is not able
-
6. Today is the deadline. You must sign itl
10. Alexa! Stop! You must not - rurt into rhe streer!
-
f Ex€GFa 4. Wolm-up, (chort 7-2)
Circle the best completion for each sentence. Discuss your answers.
l. A newborn baby can lcan\ roll over.
2. A bAby offour months can /can't smile.
3. A newbom baby iabletal;s \ able to see bleck and whire shapes.
4. A baby ofsix months is able ro l;sn'table b see colors.
5. When I was nine months old,I could lcoul.ln't crawl.
6. rWhen I was nine monrhs old,I could / couldn't welk
(g) Our son could 116r* when ho was one year old. The pasi lorm ol ca, s courd
lh) He coutcln t walkwhen he was six months old. The negalve ol courd is coulcln't ot could not.
()He Can read Ability can also be exprcssed wilh a form ol td aDre la
(1)He lS aoた to rea` Examples (i) and (j) have the same meaning.
(k)She cο υld fead Examples (k) and (l) have lhe same meaning.
()She Was a● le ro read
rAdoftl sop is the sound you her. in tb€ nesative "unh-uh." The an is sropped hy tle closing ofvour slotis in th. back ofvou
tnroai. The phonetic synbol for th. slotal stop is /?/.
4 People with a Ph.D. degee use "Dr." in flont oftheir name, but people
with a master's degree
130 CHAPT[R7
Canyou...
1. speak more than two languages? (Which ones?)
2. play chess? (How long have you played?)
3. fold a piece of paper in half more than six times? (Can you show me?)
4. draw well- for example, draw a picturc ofme? (Canyou do it now?)
Greatl
GROUP A
l. _ Maybe it will be hot tomonow.
2. It might be hor tomorrow.
1. _ It may be hot tomorrow.
GRor,.P B
4. You can have dessert, now.
5. _ You may heve dessert, now.
GRoUP C
6. _ She can't stay up late.
7. _ She might not stay up late.
la) ll may rain lomonow. lrry and ,rglrt express posslbirty in the present or
(b) ll rright ra,r lomofiow. lulure. They have lhe same meaning. There is no
(c) isn'l John in class? dilf€rence in meanins between (a) and (b).
-Why
- r don r know. H" "Y il
II miqht be sick rodaq
(d) ll mry nol rrin tomonow. Negarive: fiay not and might not
(el ll mlght not hin lomofiad. (Do nol contracl mayand mighl wilh not.)
(J) /lraybe it wall rain lomorow ln (l) and {g): maybe (spelled as one word)is an
adverb. lt'neans -possrbly.- lr comes al lhe beg'nnrng
Yes, children, you may have a cookie atler dinner. ,ray is also used to give perm,ss,br, as in (0.
Ca, is often used lo give permissior, loo, as in (j).
Okay, kids, you car l,ave a cookie aher dinner-
NorE: Examples (i) and 0) have the same meaning,
bul ,nry is more formal ihan cra.
(k) You may ,or nrve a cookie M.y not and c.nnot (can 't) ar6 us€d io deny
You car't have a cookie. p€rmission (i.e.,lo say "no").
I82 CHAPTER 7
-l Exercise I0. Looking ot grommoL
Complete the sentences wrt}, cab
(chort 7-3)
,fiq), ot ,n grrr. Identiry the meaning expressed by the
modals: possibility or permission.
In a courtroom for a speeding ticket
,. No one sp€sks without the iudge's permissiott. Yo.r may / can not sPeak until the
judge asks you a question. Meaning: P.rmn,;ah
2. The iudge reduce your fine for your speeding ticket, or she
not. [t depends. Mearirg.'
3. You not aryue with rhe judge. Ifyou argue,you will get a fine.
4. You hav€ a sEong case, bur I'm not sure ifyou will convince rhe judge You
Ivln or yOu
Modol Auxllorios 1 03
J Exercise 12, Lat's lolk. (chort 7-3)
Answer each question wir\ rnatr, ,night, a'rd ,naybe. Include at least three possibilities in
eech answer. li'ork in pairs, in small groups, or as a class.
A soccer Ssme
l. There is 6ve minutes Ieft and the score is 3 3. Our team could win.
2. The goalie is on the ground. He could be hurt.
l. Our team didn\ win. we couldn't score aoother goal.
How was lhs movie? Courdyou One meaning ol cour., is past abiiil)4 as in (a).r
(a)
- urderctsrd lh€ Engiish? Another meaning o, courd is poss/ib,ir1y.
Nol very w€ll. I coulcl only un.lerstanclil ln lb): rle could be slckhas lhe same meaning as
- wilh lhe help ol subtitlgs. He nay/night be sick, i.e., ll is possible that he is sick-
'S● 2
`=]so Chart 7‐
I84 CHAPTER 7
-l Exelcise 15. Looking ol grommor. (chotu 7-2 ond 7-4)
Does coard express past, present, or future time? what is the meaning: ability or possibiliry?
Scntcnce Possibili●
Erarnple. Tim has to go to work eady tomorow. His car is completely out of gas.
His bicycle is broken.
co U tahe the bus b n*.
' He
' could get a lrbnd a tahe h;m to a gas statioi t
He get gas.
iy ,o fx h;t bihe.
', He couu get
He could up uerJ early and walh to wrk.
Et.
l. Lisa walked to school today. Now she wants to go home. It's raining herd. She doesnl
have an umbrella, and she's wearirg sandals.
2. Joe and Joan want to get some exercise. They have a date to play tennis this morning, but
the tennis court is covered with snow.
3. Roberto iust bought a new camera. He has it at home now. He hss the insEucrion
manual. It is written in Japanese. He car't read Japanese. He doesn't know how to
oPerate the camera.
4. Albert likes to travel around the world. He is 22 years old. Today he is alone in Paris. He
needs to eat, and he needs ro find a place ro sray overnight. But while he was asleep on the
train hst night, som€one stole his wallet. He has no money.
B: I don't bow Ve havc so many cOrdsaround hcrc■ ith al1 0ur clcctroniC cqllipmcnt lt
I have an idca. k for the cell phone- You know the one I
had bcfOrc ulis Onc
A B
186 cHAPT[R7
Polite Question
{a) tlry, pl6as€ boro{, your pen? Yes People use may l, cnulal l,' and ctn I
(b) Courd I please borrow your p€n? Yes Olcourse to ask polite questions. The questions
(c) Crr rpl6as6 borrow your pen? Yes Certain, ask lor someones permission or
Ol course
Cer・ ainl, Examples (a), (b), and (c)have
Sure(わ rorma′ ) basrcally the same meaning.
Okaン (わ rorma′ )
NorE: ca, , is less lormal than mry,
Uh‐ huh(meanlng,S')
rm SO子ry butl need to use lt
ldl Can I bo(ovt yol.rr. pen, please? myser P/ease can come al lhe end ol the
queston, as n (d).
(6) Crn iborrow your pen? Prease can be omilled lrom the
l A: Hc1lo'
B: Hcllo ls Ahn■ cd■ crc,
A: Ycs,he is
B: to hin'
to Mr. Black?
who is celling?
Susan Abbott.
3 Hello?
Hi. This is Bob. to Pedro?
Sure. Hold on.
ModolAuxl oles 1 87
4. A: Good afrernoon. Dr.Wu's ofiice. you?
5 A: Hcl10'
B: HenO to Emilv?
6 A: Heno,
BI HenO to Maria?
A: She's nor here right now.
B Oh a message?
Exanpb: (A), yon went to see (B)h gammar book for a minute.
SPEAX.ER A: May/Could,/Can I (please) see your grsrimsr book for a minute?
SPEAI<ER B: Ofcourse. / Sure. / Etc.
SpEAxnR A: Thank you. / Thank. I forgot to bring mifle to class todey.
In the ldtchen
1. rvill you help me with the dishes?
2. _ Would you load the dishwasher?
3.
- Mey you load the dishwasher?
4. Can you ut oad the dishwasher?
-
5. Could you unload the dishwasher?
-
-
It8 cHAmR 7
Polite Question
(a) lvourd you please op6n lhe dooa People use vrould Wu, coulat yo!,
(b) Courd you pl€ase open ihe door? Yes. Oi course. vlll you, and crn Wulo askpolile
(c) Wil you pl€as6 op€n th6 dooa Certainly. l'd be happy lo. questions. Tho queslions ask lor
(d) Ca, you pleas€ op€n lh€ doo, Ol course. I d be glad to. someone's hslp or cooporalion.
Sure. (informal) Examples (a), (b), (c), and (d) have
Okay. (informal) basEally lhe same meaning.
Uh-huh. (meaning )es') Would and could a@ gene'ally
I'm sorry. l'd like to help, but considered more polite ihan wil/and
my hands are tull.
2. You're trying to listen to the news onTV, but your friends are talking too loud, and you
can't hear it.
Formal:
Informal:
3. You're in a restaurant. You are about to pay and notice the bill is more tharl it should be.
The server has made a mistake.
Formal:
Informal:
1- You've been waiting in a long line at a busy bakery. Finally, it's your turn. The clerk turns
toward you and says: "Next!"
2. You are at work. You feel sick and you have a slight fever. You really want to go home. You
see you boss, Mr. Jenkins, passing by your desk. You say: "Mt. Jenkios, could I speak with
you for a minute?"
3. The person next to you on the plane has finished reading his newspaper. You would like ro
read it. He also has a bag on the floor that is in your space. You would like him ro move ir.
You say: "Excuse me."
(d) You need yoursleep. You shoulcl not\shoulatn t) NEGtr vE-- Ahot'lat + not = ahouLlnl
(Ought to is usually not us6d in the negalive.)
(C) A: Im going tO be late lorthe bus What sわ ουrd′ d。 ? ouEsroN: 8hourd + suD,/ecl + nain vgrb
B: RunI (Ought to is usually nol used in questions.)
(1)A: Im lred today The use o, ,rrybe wilh arould end otght to
B: You s"Ourd/cugh:lo go home andtake a nap
190 CHAPT[R7
u Exercise 25. tet's lolk: poirwotk. (chod 7-7)
Work with a partner. Partner A states the problem. Partner B gives advice using s/rould or
ought ao. lnclnde rnoybe to soften the advice if you wish.
Exarnple: l'fi sleepy.
PALTN'ER A: I'm sleepy.
PARTNER B: (Maybe)You should/ought to donk a cup oftea.
It belter serd my boss an email riqht away. n conversalro., l,ad rs usua ly coniracled: A
8. Mr. Lim is having a surpdse party for his wife. He ought iold people soon.
Examplz:
ITADER: I study, but I don't understand my physics class. It's the middle of rhe term, and I'm
failing the course. I need a soence course in order to greduete. Whet should I do?**
SPEAKER Ar You'd bafter get a tutor right away.
SPEAKER Br You should make an appointment with your teacher and see if you can get some
extre help.
SPEAKER C: Maybe you ought to drop yoru ph,sics course and take a different science course
ne$ teffn.
\'l\. idi,om ctu. tb.M uit,, t6.rri,!s = set r sictn6s, lilc ! cold 6i th. f,u
.,Shbtd(N6 sh b 6 han d.,@) i. uN.lty u*d ir s qudtion tLlt slc for r<lei.., ThG esr, h()xer, cs contain r/',!/l,
erhnrd had b.@ Fot darpl l
At Mt hdetlanB ak.rt dn:. Vhn,.h@ld I do?
B: lbt?, [.t.r ea 4 h@|6 tl4nB- vou ttould,t! b fnl tu uh! ther de. Mqb.3a/dtht to looL @ th.ln@ anl @
tuiBion.
'btu.ontunfu
I9:l cHAmR 7
1 I forgot my dad's birthday yesterday. I feel terrible about it. What should I do?
discovered fiat I made dinner plans for tonight with two different people. I'm
I iust
supposed to meet my parents at one restaurant at 7:00, and I'm supposed ro meet my boss
at a diffcrcnt restaurant across town at 8i00. Vhat should I do?
3 Samira accidentally left the grocery storc with an item she didn\ pay for. Her young
daughter put it in Samim's shopping bag, but she didn\ see it. What should Samira do?
4 I borowed Karen's favorire book ofpoetry. Ii was special to her. A note on the inside
cover said "To Karen." The author's sisnature was under it. Now I can't find the book.
I think I losr it \x/hrt should I do?
Writing a re3ura6
l. You must list all your previous employers.
2. _ You have to provide refereoces.
-
3. _ You heve got to include personal information, for example, whether you are
married or not.
la)l have a very importanttesttomorow Heve to, have go? to, and musl have basically lhe
ψ
same meaning. They express lhe idea that something
(b) l'd like to go wiih you lo the movie this evening, but Her€ ,o is used much mors lrsquoniy in evoryday
I can't. I l,rve ro go lo a meeting. speech and writing lhan musl
(C) Bye nowl l ve Eot to go- My wife's waiting lor m6. HeE got lois lypically ussd in informalconversalion,
l'llcallyou laler. as in (c).
(d) All passengeG muslpresertthsir passporls al
cusloms upon a(ival, lruat is lypically found in wdtlsn inslruclions or rules,
Tommy, you musr nold onto the railing when you as in (d). Adulls also use il when talking to younger
go down the stairs. childron, as in (6). lt sounds very slrong.
ll) aowe have to bringpencils ro rhe rest? ouEsrloNs: Hrve tois usually used in queslions, nol
(g) Why d,id he l,ave lo ,eaye so early? musl ot heve got to- Forms ol do are used w lh ,aye
l had fo stl α/ast n ght The p sr iorm ol f,rve io, nave got to, antl must
(mean nq necessrv) is had lo.
│わ ave fo(・ halta・ )9ο do″ ntO″ n today Nol ce lhai nave to, hrs ro, and have gor to arc
RIaわ as● (hasta・ )gO tO the bank commonly reduced. as rn (i) lhrough (k).
,ve 00rfo(・ 90tta・ )S″ 0/10n19ht
l. lvhat are some things yolt haoe to do roday? tomorrow? every day?
2. Vhat is something yo,r had t do yestetday?
3. What is something yot)'L,e got to do soon?
4. What is something yon'oe got to do cl^ss today or later tonight?
^fter
5. !(/hat is something a driver ,fl r6t do, according to the la$?
6. What is something a diver shoua ahtays do to be a safe diver?
7. What are some things a person s/rodd do to stay heelthy?
8. What are some tijngs a person zrst do to stay alive?
│ヽ ,1て ,ヽ ヽ11ヽ 1 ヽ
「「
) ヽl ,ヽ
Maa bfl
′
― ″ 峰
…
″ ″ 仁 ″4 0メ oダ F 2,-000-7890
′
^″ "′
8. All spellins
194 CHAPTER 7
-l Exercise 33. Lel's leod ond tolk. (chods 7-7 ,7-9)
Read the passage and therl give advice.
A Famlly Problem
Mr. and Mrs. Hill don't know whar to do about their l5-year-old soo, Mark. He's very
intelliSent but has no interest in learning. His grades are getting worse, and he wonl do any
homework. Sometimes he skips school and spends rhe dav at the mall.
His older sister Kathy is a good student, and she never causes any problems at home.
Kathy hasn\ missed a day of school all year. Mark's parents keep asking him why he can't be
more like Kathy. Mark is jealous of Karhy and picks fiahrsr with her.
All Mark does when he's home is stay in his room and lisren ro loud music. He ofren
rcfuses to eat meals with his family. He argues with his parents, his room is a mess, and he
won'tl* help around the house.
This family needs advice. Tell them what changes they should make- \X/hat should rhey
do? Vhat shouldn't they do?
Use each of these words at least once in the advice you give:
should ought to
shouldn't have ro/has to
have got to/has 8ot to
hsd better
(a) llinashed allof my homework this atiernoon, Don'l / d@sn t have to expresses the idea that
I don t have to stualy tonighl- something rs ,o, necessary.
(b) Tomo(ow is a holiday. Mary eloesn't have to go
(c) Bus passengers must not talkto the dtiv6t. tlust not exptesses prohibition (Do Nor oo rHrsl)
(d) Childrgn, you mlstrorp/aywith malchesl
ModolAuxl oles 1 95
J Exercise 35. looking ol glommor.
(chorr 7-10)
Complete the sentenceswith don't hatte to, doesn', hooe to, or must nol.
2. I live only s few blocks ftom my office. I aoh't havc ta drive to work.
Chapter 5.
B: Yes, Mom.
I96 CHAPIER 7
(a) A: Nancy is yawning. ln (a): Speaker B is making a logicalgu6ss. H6 bases
8: She must be sleepy his guess on lhe in,ormation lhal Nancy is yawning.
His logical conclusion, his'b6sl guess," is that Nancy
is sleepy. He uses ,rusllo 6xpr6ss his logical
LOGCqL CONCLUSTON: Amy plays lgnnis erery day. colr,rP R€: lrust can express
She musl ri*e to play tennis. . a logical conclusion, as in
N€cEssrw: ll you wanl to gel into the movie . necessity, as in (c).
theater, you must Duy a licl(6t.
B: Yes, but they didn't want anl'thing. T\ey ---.fr!9i-tQL be hu[gry yet.
2. A: You havenl eaten since brealdasr? Thar was houls ago. You __@ltg.L be
hun剪
B: Iam
3 A: Gregory has already had four glasses of water, and now he's having another.
B: Hc bc rcalh rhirsn.
4 A: I 1 Holly
ぃiltrご 、 something to drink, bur she doesn'r want an)'thing.
B: Sht bc tllirstv
6 A: Brian has watery eyes afld has been coughing and sneezing.
B: Poor guy. He have a cold.
7 A: Erica's rcally smarr. She always gets above 95 percenr on her math resrs.
B: I'm surc she's pretty bright, but she also study a lot.
1. I am at Clril's apartment door. I've knocked on the door afld have rung the doorbell
several times. Nobody has answered the doot. be a, home? be out somewhere?
+ Ctr;l must not be at home. He mu:t be out someuherc.
2. Jennifer reads all the time. She sits in a quiet corner and reads even when people come to
visithet. loz'e boohs7 like boohs bemr than peopb? lihe to talk,o peopla?
3. Ilra has a full academic schedule, plays on the volleyball team, has the lead in the school
play, is a volunteer at the hospital, takes piano lessons! and has a part-time job at an
ice-cream store. be bu$' all the rime2 haz'e a lot of spare time2 be a hard worher?
4. Simon gets on the Internet every day as soon as he gets home ftom work. He stays at his
computer until he goes ro bed. be a computer d it? haz,e a happy home life? hdlre a lot of
things to do.
A: Yt,u (r,)
B: I am!
I98 CHAPTER 7
」 Exercise 4I. Worm-up. (chorr 7-r2)
Complete the questions with the correct words ftom the lisl. Two words don\ 6t any questions.
(a)You can come,can f/● u' Tag quesiions are common wrih lhese modal
(b) She,vο nt te11,w171s力 θ auxiliatles: can, will, chould. couLl, and would.'
'
d help.sわ Ouldn`わ θ?
(C)He Sわ ου′
(d)They cο υ10nt do l,could theノ ?
(0)We lЮ υ″ liketo he p.″ οuldnt we 2
(f)Theyわ avθ わ たav9 dantthe/2 Tag queslons are also common w th力 ave to,hag ro`
(g)They¨ rわ jeaり ,do rhe/2 and"ad ro
(h) H。 わas′“ “
ο leayo dcesrセ he, Not ce thatforms of do are used lorthe tag n
(1) He dο esnt´ aveわ leave doeshe? (1)thrOugh(k)
(,)You“ d lo●att dld● ■ノOυ 2
(k)You didn,haで わ jeave dld/aυ 2
9. Ifyou want to caich your bus, you should leave now; yOu,
ModolAuxilioies 199
10 Ms. Baxter will be herc she?
GRor.rP B
l. OI,en you mourh.
2. Stick out your tongue.
3. Say "ahlh."
4. IJt me rake a closer look.
5. Don't bite me!
(d) C/oselhe window. The simpls fom ola verb is used in imporalive
(e) Please sildown. senlences. ln (d)r The underslood subject olthe
(f) Be quiell sentenc6 is lrou (meanrng lh€ person lhe speaker ls
(g) Oor? lvarkon lhe grass. talking to)r C/ose the wirdow = You close he window-
(h) Pl€ase dor'l r,t/ritfor me
(i) Oon'l belate. Don't + the simpla bm ol a veh
2OO CHAPTER 7
コ Exercise 44. Lel's lolk, (cho 7t3)
Pa.a l Read the steps for cooking rice. Pur them in a logical order (1 9). Work with a parrner
or in small groups.
ft', Il Vrite instructions for cooking somethinS simple. Share your recipe with the class.
コハ
Ihr_,L Listen to the steps in this number puzzle and $The the verbs you hear.
¨
Before you begin, you mey went to check your undersranding of these wotdst add, sub.ra.t,
nuhi?b, doubb.
1 do$'n the numbcr ofthe month you were bom. For example,
thc numbcr.
3
5 to it.
4
it by 50.
5
your 3g€.
6
250.
Ibr, II. Now follow the steps in PeIt I to complete the puzzle. In rhe final number) the lasr
two digits on rhe right will be your age, and th€ one or two digits on the left will be the month
l. Dress approp ately for the company. Flip-flops and shorts, for
example. are usually not appropriate.
2. Be sure to arrive early. Employers like punctual workers.
3. Bring extra copies ofyour resume and references. Therc may be
more than one inte iewer.
4. Make eye contact with the interviewer. It shows confidence
5. Don\ chew gum during the interview
6. Research the company before you go. That way you cafl show your
knowledge and interest in the company.
Ifyou follow rhese suggestions, you will have a better chance ofmaking a good impression
when you go for a iob interview.
Pbrr rr. Write three paragraphs. Use the topic in Part I, or give general advice to people l,ho
l. lntroductory paragrzpt.t Do you want to . . . ? Herc arc some suggestio6 lor )ou to consider
II. Middle paragraph: (List the suggestions and add details.)
IU. Final paragraph: Il )'ou follLflr th.se sug$estions, )ou will . ..
202 CHAPTER 7
J Exelcise 47. Worm-up. (chon 7-14)
Check (/) the itcms fiat are suggestions.
(a) lts hol loday. Let's go lo lhe beach. Lel s and Why cron't we are used to make
- Okay. Good idea. suggeslions abou activilies lor you and anolher
-
(b) ll s hot today. why clon t we go lo the beach?
- Okay. Good idea. E)Gmpl6s (a) and (b) have lhe s€me meaning.
- Lets = l6t us
1. I'm fteezing.
2. l'm feeling dizzy.
3. I feel like doing something interesting and tun this weekend. Any ideas?
4. I need to get more eyercise, but I get bored with indoor activities. Any suggestions?
5. I haven't done my assignment for Professor lrpez. Itwill take me a couple ofhours, and
class starts in ao hour. Vhar am I going ro do?
6. I've lost the key to my apartment, so I can'r get in. My roommate is at rhe library What
am I going to do?
7- My lliend and I had an argument, and now we aren'r ralking ro each orher. I've had some
time to think about it, and I'm sorry for whar I said. I miss her fiiendship. r*rhat should
I do?
le) Ann woutd rcrhet have an apple lhan an orange. Would Hther is tallowed immedialely by the simple
lorrn oi a verb (e.9., have, vlsit /,ve), as n ie).
It) tNcoRREcr: Ann would Gthet has an apple-
(g) l'd ralhervisit a big cily than livelherc. Verbs following t,a,are also in lhe simple form, as
n (q).
lh) tNcoRREcr: I'd rathet visil a big city than to live therc.
tNcoRBEcr: I d rathet visit a big city than liing thete.
Would you rcther have an apple ot an orange? ln (i): ln a polile queslion, would nthetcanbe
iollowed by orio otlersomeone a choice.
2. When I'm hot and thirsty,I tike cold d nks better ,h,,,1 hot drinks.
3. When I'm hot and rhirsty, IU rattrer have a cold diiDk thaL a hot drink
4
204 cHAP'ER 7
6. I'd rather dnnk lca coffee.
rU* a rilins inionrnon on in. 6st .hoicc .nd s falins inroutjon otr rhe s.on<t choicc: Wti.* y" p,4",;:1p4-
a" - -."jO
rllt is pdsibl. bur Dot Gcdsary io.rpe{. pEpsirion aitr.re,.
coPo€m: IA 4d@ liu in on a?ntua, than in . t@-
coial!cf, I'd turt4 liu in an arntud, t ten e h$e.
軌晨①
蔽l
風
﹃
A B
t 一i
c
a
w
。
飾
c
a
︲
th
■
a
m
d
w
b
a
y
C
C
]' A: Does this pen belong to you?
B: No. lt be Susan's. She was sitting at that desk.
a. had better b. will c. must
2. A: kt's go to a movie this evening.
B: That sounds like firn, bui I can't. I 6nish a repot before I go to bed tonight.
a. have got to b. would rather c. ought to
-
3. A: Hey, Pietro. V/hat's upi with Ken? Is he upset about something?
B: He's angry because you rccommended Anrl instead of him for the promotion. You
sit down with him and explain your reasons. At least that's what I think.
a. should b. will c. can
-
4. A: Does Omar want to go with us to the film festival tonight?
B: No. He _ go to a wrestling match than the film festival.
a. could b. would rather c. prefe$
5. A: I did it! I did it! I got my driver's license!
B: Congratulations, Michelle. I'm really proud ofyou.
A: Thanks, Dad. Now I have the car todght? Please, please?
B: No. You'rc not ready for that quite yei.
a. will b. should c. may
6. A: I just tripped on your carpet and almost fell. It's loose right by the door. You lx
it befor€ someone gets hurt.
B: Yes, Uncle Ben. I should. Iwill. I'm sorry. Are you all right?
a. can b. ought to c. may
7. A: Are you goiDg to the conference in Atlanta next month?
B: I It's sort of iry*r right now. I've applied for Eavel money, but who knows what
my supervisor will do.
-. a. will b. have to c. might
8. A: What shall we do after the meeting this evening?
B: pick Jan up and all go out to dinner together.
a. !0?hy don't b. LeCs c. Should
-
9. A: What shall we do after that?
B: we go back to my place for dessert.
a. Why don't b. Irt's c. Should
-
r tlzr,,'r 4t = '!qhar! coins on?
206 CHAPTER 7
10. A: Have you seen my denim iacket? I_findit.
Bi I-ook in dle hall closet.
a. may not b. wonl c. can't
ll. A: Bye, Mom. I'm going to go pley soccer with my friends.
B: Wait a minute,,'oung men! You _ do your chores fusr.
e. hed bettertrot b. ha!€ to c. wou.ld rarher
12. A: Do you think that Scon will quit his job?
B: I don\ know. He _. He,s very angry We'll iusr have to wait and see.
e. must b. may c. will
13. A: The hotel pmvides tow€ls, you know You _ pack a towel in your suitcase.
B: This is my bathrober not a towel.
a. don't have to b. mustno! c. couldn't
14. A: Did you climb to the top ofthe Stetue of Liberty $hen you were in NewYork?
B: No, I didn't. My knee was very sore, end I _ climb aI thos€ stain.
a. might rlot b. couldn't c. must Dot
15. A: Rick, work for me this evening? I'll take your shift tomorrow.
B: Sure. I was going to ask you to work for me tomorrow anp?y.
a. should you b. could you c- do you have to
16. A: What are you children doing? Stop! You play with sharp knives.
B: rwhy not?
a. must not b. couldn't- c. donthaveto
17. A: DoD't wait for me. I_late.
B: Okay.
a. maybe b. can be c. maybe
18. A: The Bensons ar€ giving rheir daughter a new stateboard for her birthday.
B: They _ give her a helmet, too. She does some daDgerous things on a skateboard.
a. had bener b. can't c. would rather
(d) PERToD: lsaw a cal. You saw a mouse Without rr4 t\,!o complele sentences are separaled by a
I saw a cat, you saw a nouse. peiod, as in (d). nota comma."
A complete sentence begins with a capilalletterinole ihat
You is capilalized in (d).
'In a sedes or three or morc iiems, ihe coDmd before dtd is optional.
I sa@ a eat, a noue and d dos.
'*A"p€riod (rhe dot uscd .t the end or a se.ten.e) is .aled a "tull stop" in British Enalish.
204
J Exer€ise 2. looking o, grsmmor. (chort E-l)
IJodcdigs and label the words (noun, !,erb, adiective) connected by ozd. Add commas es
necessary.
naun + noun
l. My mom puts E!!! and ryEq! in her rea- - (no conmas needzd)
5. The reenage girls at the slumberr party played music ate pizza and told ghost stories.
7. My mom dad sister and grandfather came to the party to see my son and daughter
8. When he wanted to entertai[ the children, my husband mooed like a cow roared like a lion
T
l. The rain fell, the wind blew.
2. The min fell, and the wind blew.r
3. I talked he listened.
4. I talked to Ryan about his school grades and he listened to me carefully.
5. The five most common words in English are the and ol to arj.d a.
6. The man asked a question the woman answered it.
7. The man asked a question and the woman answered it.
8. Rome is an Italian city it has a mild climate and many interesting atuactions.
9. You should visit Rome irs climate is mild and there are many interesting atEactions.
Or
la) I wenl lo bed but couldn t sleep- An l, but, and ot ate called "coordinaling conjunctions."
(b) ls a lemon sweet or sour? Like and, but and or can connecl items within a
(c) Did you order coftee, tea, or mitk?
Commas are used wilh a series oi thrce or more items,
as in (c).
rsomenm* rhe coms is omined whm ad connects two vov shori independem clau€s
rh. ruin lell and rtu uitd bk . lNo .ol/M)
ln lonssr *nEn es, tLc comma is h€lptul md mual.
2IO CHAPIER 8
I Exerciso 5. tooking ol grommdr. (choft 6-t qnd 8-2)
or. Add commas as necessary.
Complete the sentences witt, and, but, or
5. I $'as hungry didn't eat on the plane. The food didn't look appetizing.
6. I washed my face, brushed my reerh
7 GolF tennis are popular sporrs.
9. Which would you prefer? Would you like to play tennis _ golfseturday?
10. lfho made the call? Did Bob celt you _ did you call Bob?
Column A Column B
l I was tired, so I _. a. didn\ sleep
2. I sas rired, but I
Conneclinq ldsos 2I I
(a) The room was dark! so I lurned on a ighl Socan b€ ussd as a coniunction, as in (a), ll is
pr€cedod by a comma, lt connects lh€ ideas in two
indopsndent clauses,
So expr6ss6s rqault3:
carae- The room was cla*.
@sullc I luned on a lohl.
2. A female elephant is Preglant for approximately twenty months and almost alwa,'s has
only one baby a young elcPhant stays close to its oother for the 68r tefl years ofits life'
212 CHAPIER 8
3. Dolphins sleep vriti one eye open they need to be conscious or awake in order to breathe if
they fall asleep when they ere breatbing, they will dro$Tt so they sleep with half their brain
awske and one eye open.
A Payng It Fonvardi
(l) I few days ago, a ftiend and I were driving fiom Bentoo Harbor to Chicago.
(2) /e didn\ have any delays for the 6rst hour but we ran inro some highway construction
(3) near Chicago the trafic wasn't moving my friend and I sar and waited we talked about
(4) our iobs our families and rhe rerrible rraffic slowly it starred to move
(5) we noticed a black sports car on the shoulder irs blinker was on the dnver
(6) obviously wanted to ger back inro treffic car after car passed wirhout lening him in I
(7) decided to do a good deed so I motioDed for him to get in line ahead ofme he waved
(9) all the cars had to srop at a toll boorh a short way down the road I held out my
( l0) money ro pay my toll bur the roll-taker just smiled and waved me on she told me thar rhe
(1 1) man in the black sporrs car had already paid my toll wasn\ that a nice way of saying
,airy n lMnl = doigwetling nic. for soo.oDe aftd rom.on. dod somethiry nicc fd you. For ffiDlc, ro.8mc you
rc .t c cotr . shd qirins to buy , sp of @See. Th. lrrson in front or you is ch.rtins with you stui p.rr fo. ,our cup of
co6... You rh6 bu, a op of cofee for rhe er p.6od i. tin.. yon ac Aqins n Jo@nl
Payns n/ed m.ss rh. opposire ofrayrs n 6&I (rcp.yilg . d.br o. m obtisltjotr).
, but hasn\.
\a) | don'l like caffee, bul my husband does. After but ollen only an auxiliary verb is used. lt has
(b) L-ke rea, but my husband doesrl lhe sam€ lense or modal as the main verb.
lc) I won t be here lamonaq bul Sue will. ln \a): doe6 = likes coffee
ld\ I've seen that movie, but Jo€ n sr't Nolice in ihe examples:
(e) He isr'l here, bu she is.' negative + but+ allinalive
allimalive + tut+ negalive
'A Erb is not con@d.d sith , pronoln .t tne md or ! sdkn.e after 6!l md eudi
.oNo: ---rlrJr?n
NcoRR..T .-. bn 3h.\.
Pdrr rl Complete each sentence with the correct affirmative auxiliary verb.
1. Nicole doesn\ eat red mear, but her sister does
5. Nicole didn't ear red mear lasr nighr, but her sisrer(s)
8. Nicole isn't going to eat red mear soon, bur her sisrer
g. Nicole isn't going to eat ted mear soon, but her sisters
10. Nicolc won\ eat red meat soon, bur her sister(s)
l.
6
7
3.
4. 8
l'm hungry Andis not usually usod when there are iwo
(e)
- I am too.l So am l.
-
(1) I don't eat moal.
- I don t elther. I Nelther do l.
- a d me neithet ate
(9) l'm hungry.
used in inlormalsPoken English.
Me too. linbrmal)
-
Me \n)eithet linfomal)
-
215 CHAPTER 8
J Exercise 17. tooking ot gEmmor. (chort 0-5)
Complete the sentences wirh the given words. Pay special attention ro word order.
connecling ldeos 2L
Part lL Complete each sentence with the correct negauve auxiliary verb.
5. Mosr Canadian children will learn more rhan one language, and
tw Bi'h't an l oa I n not'ith'r'
'N.''E mrtd ! stoce nelr d\.: Th. @uto Lnz, onn
218 cHAmR 8
」 Exelcise 20. lol's lolk pqir ork. (chort 6-5)
lr'ork wirh . partner. Speaker A sa)s r}|e given senrence. Speaker B agrees with Speaker A's
statement by using so or zsr',ter.
Char.Ee rcler.
9. I overslept this morning.
10. I don\ like mushrooms.
ll. Swimming is an Ol).rnpic sport.
12. Denmark doesnl have anyvolcanoes.
13. I've nev€r touched a crocodile.
14. Chickens lay eggs.
15. Elephants can swim.
16. I'd rather go to (r?ane ol a dace> than (nane of a plo.e).
7. I believe in ghosts.
8. I didnt study hard for the last test.
q. I'm going to exercise for an hour today.
10. I like stawberries.
I l.
I havenl worked very hard this week.
12. I don't enioy birthdays.
220 CHAPIER 8
(a) He drank waler because he was thusty. Secruse expresses a causeiil gives a reason. Why did he
drink waler? Eeason. He was thirsty.
(c) crArsE: because he was thirsty An adverb clause is Nor a complele senlence:
^or'EBB
:
becausa ha we6 thi6ty Nor a complote senlence
8ecru36 inlroduces an adverb clause:
beceuse + subject + verb = an adveh clause
MAIN CLAUSE ADVERB CLAuSE An advsrb clause is connected lo a main clause, as in
●)He dほ nk watだ Oecavseゎ e ll asめ ,6′
'
(d) and (e).
い。Comma)
ln \d): nain clause + no comna + aclveb ckuse
AOVERB CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE ln le): aclverb clause + comma + main ckuse
ot Eiun n",as uii ire-oran*wa'"; Examples (d) and (e) have exaclly lhe same meanrng
((Mm)
5. Telya and Patti Iaughed hard. \ The ioke was very funny.
8. Because Jim was hot he stayed under the shede of the tree but Susen went back to work'
つ ″ ‐ing
222 cHAPIER3
コ′“∝
¨ Exelcise 28. listening. (chorts 8-l ,8-6)
Listen to the passage. Then add commas, periods, and capital letters where apprcpriate.
Listen again as you che€k your answers.
The word ,rdrter is a chemical term. datter is anything that has weight this book your
finger water a rcck air and fie moon are all examples ofmaner heat and radio waves are not mafter
because they do not have weight happiness dreams and fears have no weight and are not matter.
(a) Even though I was hungry, I did eal. Even though and although introduce an adverb
^ol
I did not eat even thougl, lwas hungty-
Although I was hungry, I did nol eal. Exampes (a)and (b) have lhe same meaningl
I did nol eal although I was hungry. lwas hunqry, but I did not eat.
l ち なη七
l. Evcn though the test was fairly easy, most ofthe class
O LnCd
b passcd
c did prcw wcll
2 JaCk hadn't hcard or read about the bank robbcrv even though
a he was thc robber
b it was on thc front pagc OFcvcry ncwspaper
c he、 vas out oftown、 vhen it occurrcd
224 cHAPT[R3
4. lye can see the light ftom an airplane et night before we can hear the plane beceuse _.
a, light travels faster than sound
b. airplanes Eavel at high speeds
c. our eyes work better thafl our ears at night
5. My partner and I worked all day and late into t}Ie evening. Even though _, we stopped
at our favorite restaurant before we went home.
a. we were very hungry
b. we had finished our report
c. we were very tired
6. ln the mountains, melting snow in rhe spring runs downhill into rivers. The warer carries
soil and rock. Io the spring, mountain dvers become muddy rarher than clear because
3. a. he was sick.
b. he hed graduated aheady.
c. he was happy for me.
4. a. I mailed it.
b. I decided not to mail it.
c. I sent it ro a ftiend.
ofit.
一
226 CHAPITR 8
」 Exerciss 36. Chec* your knoyyledge. (chopte. E)
Edit the sentences. Corect the errors in sentenc€ structure. pay special attention to
punctua!ion.
1. Even though I was sick, btr+ I wenr to work.
3. The children crowded around the teacher. Because he was doing e megic trick.
7. Although I like chocolate, but I canl eat it because I'm allergic to it.
8. I like ro eat raw eggs for brealdasr and everybody else in my family too.
9. A hardwar€ store sells tools end nails and plumbing supplies and paint.
2. Thke notes on the informarion you 6nd. For example, here is some information abour
girafres from an Internet site.
Girafes
) have long necks (6 feet or 1.8 meters)
+ can reach tops of rees
J need very lirde sleep (20 miflutes to two hours out of24 hours)
, eat about 140 pounds offood a day
, can Co for weeks without drinking water
' get a lot ofwarer ftom the plants they ear
' can grab and hold onto obiects wirh rheir ton$r(s
J don't have vocal €ords
+ can communicate wirh one anorher
(bur humans can'r hear rhem)
Giraffes
, Giraffes have long neck, so they can reach the tops of tlees.
, Although they eat about l4O pounds of food a day, they can go for
weeks without drinking water.
though girafres don\ have vocal cords, tley can communicate
' Even one
with another.
' Ginfres can communicate, but people ca[1hea! their communication.
4. Put your sentences ioto a paragraph.
Sample ?ara{raph:
lnteresllng Facts About Glrafles
Giraffes aro inleresling animals They have long necks' so lhey can
reach lhe tops ol trees. They eat llowers, fruit, climbing plants, and the
twigs and leaws lrom trees. Although they eat about 140 pounds of tood
a day, they can go for weeks withoul drinking water They gel a lot ot
waler lrom lhe plants they eal too. They hav€ v€ry long tongu€s and
these tongues are useful. Because lhey are so long, they can grab
obiects with them. Even though giratles don'l have vocal cords, they can
communicale, but people can'l hearthek communication.
228 CHAPIER 8
」 Exercise I. Wolm-up. (cho 9-r)
Compare the lengths ofthe lines.
1 2 3
(a) Tina is 21 years old. Sam is also 21. A6 .. . as is used io say that the iwo parts ol a
Tina is as old as Sam (is). comparison are equalorthe same in some way.
ln la): as+ adjective + as
(b) Miks cams rs qu,ckly rs he could. ln lb): as + adverb + as
229
J Exercise 2. Looking dt grommor. (chort 9-l)
Complete t]re sentences, withrrs, as, a/rnost aslnot quiae os, ot t ot $eorly as.
│ ス 5 4
230 cHAPIER,
l. An tnt isn't a6 big as
3. large as
4. SVCCt aS
5.
6.
7. hot as
9. rela-xins as
珈5
。
llra
a
Sylvia Brigita
30 2a 50
2. Sylvir I-ara.
3. Sylvia and Brisita Tanya.
4. B gita Sylvia.
5. Brigim Sylvia.
Comporisons 23I
」 ExeFCiSe 5.G● me.(cho"91)
′s as is uscd in many tradl● onal phrases Tllcse phrascs arc generally spokcn rathcr than
wHttcn See ho,v many oFthem you're familiar、 vitll by complctlng the sentcnccs with thc
gⅣcn、 vords ヽ9ork ul teams ‐ c tcam witll■ c most correct answers、 vins
DidToshi realy lift that heAly box all by hitDsen He must be as strong as
3 It was a lovely summer day. School was out, and there was nothing in particular that I had
to do. I felt as fiee as
8 Thanks for offering to help, but I can carry the box alone. lt looks heary, but it isnt. ICs
as light as
9 0
A: Was he angry?
B: You'd better believe it! He was as mad as
-.
232 cHAPT[R9
」 Exercise 6. Wolm-up. (ChO子 19‐ 2)
Compare the people.
Ma
1 2 3
A's o7der rllan`B: The comparalive compares firs to thalor lhese lo lhose.
り >
Compo"sons 233
コ^0脱置 Exercise 8. Listening. (Chorts 9-l ond 9-2)
Lisren ro the statements. Do you agree or disagree? CircleJes orr,o. Before you begin, you
may want to check your understanding of these wordsr dlkarbe, .oo hcd' tastf' rau.
l yes no
2. yes no
3. yes no
4. yes no
5. yes no
6. yes no
7. yes no
8. yes no
B:
C:
4. is better than
5. - is the best.
6. - is the worst.
234 CHAPTER 9
9.3 Comparative and Superlative Forrns ofAdiectives
and Adverbs
Comparative Superlative
ONE‐ SYLLABLE old older the old€sl For most one-syllable adieclives,
ADUECTIVES wise wiser the wisesl -er and -esl are added.
AEJECTIVES V● ITH importanl more imporlanl lhe most imporianl /lrore and moslare used with onq
THREE OR lascinating morc hscinating he mosl lascinaiing
MORE SYLl■ 8LES
ιY
‐ ADVER3S carelully more carelully lhe mosl carelully Itore and most are used with
slowly more slowly lhe mosl slowly adverbs lhat end in -/y.r
ONE‐ SYLLABLE lasl lasl€r the lasiest The -er and -estlorms are used
ADVERBS hard harder the hardest wilh one-syllable adverbs.
IRREGULAR wel better the best Bolh ,rrtlrer and ,urther ar6 us6d
AIllV E RBS baoly worse the worst lo compa.e physical distancos: /
僣i la“ herfurlher the lanhesttunhest walkec! fafthet lhan firy liend did.
oa I walked further than ny lriencl
dld Further also means
"addilional't I need lurther
comporisons 235
O Exercise 10. tooking al glommor. (chorts 9-2 ond 9-3)
Write the comparative and superlative forms of the following adiectives and adverbs.
l. hish higher- the hiqhe.t 8. dangerous
2. good 9. slowly
3. Many more people die in car accidents thsn ir plane accidents Statistics show that
4. Professor Sato speak clearly, blrt I have Eouble understanding Professor llrson's lectures.
5. Is there a srorm coming) ThL \k! look\ than it did an hour ago.
6. That tsblecloth has some stains on it. Take this one. [t's
7. We're having another beautiful sun se. lr looks like an orange fireball. The sky is even
than yesterday.
8. If a cat and a duck are out in the rain, the cat will get much dlan
rhe duck. The water wil iust roll otrdle duck's feafiers, but it will soak into dle cat's hair.
. whd a onc{ylablc .di{ti( en& in o,. llryl + a cmo,,,r, doubl. ii€ consondr and
'dd
'q/-"t: 4d' sd'Lr'
. Vhd s .di.dirc mds in tm adul! + o eMn , do Nor doubl. th. @IMmt: co"l' d'>Lr, @"t.'t'
. Whd an .di.ctiE end! in -., do N@ doublc rh€ conson.m: @d.' @d4' @i'Ltt
235 CHAPIER 9
3 Exercise 12. list€ning. (Chort 9-3)
a Listen to the seatences and choose the words that vou hear.
st
1:r2r5 Erande: You will hear: I am the shortest person in our family.
You will choose: shorr shorrer @
My family
l. young younger youngest
1. Ron and his friend went iogging. Ron ran two miles, but his friend got tired after one
mile. Roo ran _ rhan his friend did.
O farthCr @ turth".
2. Ifyou have any questions, don't hesitate to esk.
a. farther b. further
-
3. I gave my old computer to my younger sister because I had no _ use for it.
a. farrher b. turther
Comporisons 237
J Exercise 14. Lel's lqlk poirwork. (chorts 9-2 ond 9-3)
Vork wi& a paltner. Make comparison sentences with ,nole/-e7 rnd adjectives in the lisr.
Share some ofyour answen with the class.
Er..
2. apool\alake
3. an elephant's neck , a giraffe's neck
:1. taking a trip , staving home
5. iron \ tL ood
6. going to the docror \ gojng rc rhe denrist
7. gold \ silver
8. rubber \ qood
9. an emcrald , a diamond
10. a feather a blade ofgmss
238 CHAPIER 9
」 Exercise I6. Worm-up. (chod 9-4)
Comp)ete the sentences with the names ofpeople you k ow. Make true statements-
1. I'm oldcr than
2. I live nearer to/farther ftom school than
(a)lm。 10r・ lan Oyわ rrlner(0 h formal English, a subject pronoun (e.g., ne) Iollows m6a, as
(b)lm。 ldOr"an heだ in (b).
(C)lm OdOrゎ aη 力lm (わ rolη a′ )
In everyday informal spoken Engish,an oblect pronOun
ゎiり 。nen fOlows tha"as n(c)
(d)He WOrks harderthan′ do Frequenly an auxl ary verb lolows the sublecl alter fhall
(1)ハ nn`ha ris onger"aη κatet A poss€ssive noun (e.9., Kate's) or pronoun (e.9., m,ino) may
(9)Ja“ 3 apartmentis smaler ttan mfre
3. The kids can't lift that hearT box, but Mr. El-Sayid can. He's srronger than
4 Jared isn't a very good speller. I can spell much better rhan
5 I was on time. Carlo was late. I got there earlier rhan
6 Ma ko is out of shape. I can run a lot fssrer and farther than
7 Isabel's €lasses arc difficult, but my classes are easy. Isabel's classes are more difficult than
. Mv classes are casier than
8. Our neighbor's house is very large. Our house is much smaller than
. Their house is larger than
Compoisons 239
J Exercise I8, Worm-up. (chort 9-5)
Do you agree or disagree with these statements? Circle -!,rs or tla
(a) Tom is v6ry o/d. y€ry often modalies adi€clivos. as in (a), and adverbs, as
lb) Ann dtiws very carcfully. in (b).
tNcoBREcr: Ton is very oldet than I am. yary is Nor used lo modily clmpatati\g adjectivss and
\c)
tNcoBBECf: annd ves very morc catefully
than she usecl lo-
ll) Ben is a little \bit) okler lhan I am oR Another common modlier is a llttle/a ltlebit,asin(l).
2. “
Comparc the cost oftwo kinds offruit:
are less expensive than
). Compare the cost of two kinds ofshoes (boors, sandals, rennis shoes, flip-flops, etc'):
240 CHAPTIR 9
4. Compare the cost of rwo kinds ofheat: (gas, electric, solar, wood, coal, etc.):
heat is not as cheap as heat-
-
4. My brother is _ interested in computers _ I am.
a. less...than b. noras...as
5. _ se ous abour rheir schoolwork
Some students are others.
less...th.n
a. b. notas...as
6. I am _ good at repairing rhings _ Diane is.
a. less...then b. notas.,.es
comporisons 241
コ Exercise 23. tBtsning. (Chorts 9-l
^0= '9-6)
Listen to each sentence and the statements that follow iL Choose "T" for true or "F" for false.
Example: Fratce \ Brazil
You will hear: aδ nCeご tお hrgC¨ B鯰 J
You will choose:
You q,ill hear: b. France is bigger than Brazil.
You will choose: T
than in December.
(a) Would you like some mo.e co,ree? ln (a): Coree is a noun. When rrote is used wilh
Not everyone is here. I etpacl morc people lo nouns. il ollen has lhe moanrng of 'additionall' lt is nol
(b)
necessary lo use thar.
(C)There are nore people n Ch naわ an there are in lror€is also used with nouns lo make complele
the unted states comoarisons by adding lt
,,
(d) Do you have enough couoe, or would you like When lhe meaning is clear, ihe noun may be omitled
and rrorecan be used by ilselJ.
242 cHAPTER 9
D Exercise 25. Oome: tivio. (chort 9-7)
'Work in teams. !0?rite true sentences using lhe given information. The team with the most
corect sentences wins.*
l. more kinds ofmammals: South Afiica \ Kenya
, Kenya has more hin& of mammak than South Afrba.
2. more volcanoes: Indonesia \ Japan
3, more moons: Saturn \ Venus
4. more people: Sa6 Per o, Brazil \ NewYork City
5. more islands: Greece \ Fioland
6. more mountains: Switzerland \ Nepal
?. more sugar (per 100 grams): an apple \ a banana
8. more fat (per 100 grams): the dark meat ofa chicken \ the whire mear ofa chicken
いいい
n n n
。
l. The grammar in this book is getting harder and harder.
。
2. The assignments in this class are getting longer and longer.
。
3. My English is gening becer and better.
(a) Bocause he was alraid, he walked fastet ancl Bep€ating a comparative gives the idea lhal
somelhing becomes progrossively grealer, i.o., it
increases in intensity, quality, orquanlity.
(b) Litu in th6 modarn world is goning moteatd
︲
d
o
嗣晩
u]
big ′fast ヽVm
?. l've been looking for a iob for a month and still haveo't been abl€ to find one. I'm gerting
8. The rain started as soon as I left mv o6ce. As I walked to the bus stop, it rained
, and I got
9. I started to row thc boat across the lake, but my arms got
, so I tumed back.
244 cHAPI[R9
J Exelcise 29. Worm-up. (chqd 9-9)
Do you agree or disagree wifi the following idea? V,hy?
Ifyou pay more money for something, you will get better qualiry In other words,
the more expeDsive something is, the better the quality will be.
(a) nre lrarder you study, tl,e more you will l6arn. A double comparative has two padsi bolh parc begin
(b) Ihe more she studisd,lhe more she learned. wilh tha, as the examples. The second part oJ th€
rn
comparison is lhe roauli of the lirst part.
lc\ The wa,/metthe vlealher (is), lne Detter I like il.
ln (a): ll you study harder, lh6 lesull will be lhal you
(d) Should we ask J6nny and Jim lo lh€ party too? fho morc.lha mefiler and the soonei the !€tl,r
- nol? The morc, the fieftlel ats two common expressions,
-Why
(e) When should u,6l€avs? ln (d): lt is good lo have more people al the party.
- The sooneL lhe betler.
- ln (e)i lt is good il we leave as soon as we can.
thc ]t gets
Comporisons 245
Itr ,r. Combine each pair of sentences. Use double comparaoves (thc ,norcl-er .. . ahe
moreLer) a'rd the words in itdl.t.
6. She dtovelat \ I became aertozs.
Rosa ofered to take me to tle airport, and I was grateful. But we got a late stan, so she
began to drive frster. , The fastzr she dtoae, ahe more nerw*\ I became,
(a) Tokyo is one ol the largest cities ln the world. Typical completions when a supenali!€ is used:
(b) Davad is tlre moslgenercus Person I have ever ln lal: superlative + ln a place lthe world, this class,
my family, lhe corqozlion, elc.)
(c) I ha!€ lhrs€ books. Thess two are quile good, bul ln lb)t superlative + adiective clause'
lhis one is the b€st (book) o, arl ln (c): supe ative + ot a
(d) ltook louriinalexams. The linalin accounting Il,e lerstr'as he oppos,ie meanirq ol tte mo.r
was the least dillicult ol all-
(e) Ali is one ofthe besl studenfs in lhis class. Notice the pattern wilh one of:
(l) Ons ofthe best slrdents in this class isAli. one ot + plunl noun l+ singulat vehl
245 CHAPIER 9
2. Mike and Julie were ,.roor.r, but Amanda \Nes the mast. ne^/ouo of all.
3. Coste Rica is 6ddrrr,/l,lL ft is one of
countries _ the world.
Ll -
Exercise 33. Looking ot grqmmor, (Chort g,lo)
Complete the senrences with the superlative form ofthe given phrases.
3- Most birds are small, but nor the flightless North African ostrich. It is
in the world.
4 to ships are fog and icebergs.
5- One of thrcughour rhc world
ls movlcs
is the Amazon.
Compoasons 247
J Exercise 34. looking qt grommor. (chorl9-10)
Complete the sentences with the superlative form ofthe words in irdl,.r.
1. I have had many goo d expeiences Of those, my vacation to Honduras was one of
I have ever had.
2. Ayako has had many ,?ic? ,i/res, but her birthdey party was one of
she has ever had.
4. ['ve made some dd m,rraies in my life, but lending money to my cousin was one of
5. We've seen many r ea tifut buildin?s n r\e Norld, bur the Ta j Mahal is one of
6. The fnsl e,.oml took was pretty ea!,. ln fact, it was one of
I've ever taken.
248 CHAPIER 9
3. The house has never looked cleaner.
a. The house look clean. b. The house doesn't look clean.
4. We've never visited a more beautiful ciry.
a. The city was beauritul. b. The city wasn,r beautitul.
?, tut.II. Listen to the sentences- Circle the sentence (a. or b.) that is closest iD meaning to rhe
@ one you hear.
tunny.
His jokes are b. His iokes aren\ frmny.
6, a. It tastes gteat. b. It doesn,t tast€ very good.
7. a. The mattress is hard. b. I havent slept on hard mattresses.
8. a. The movie was scary. b, I haven't watched scary movies,
Comporisons 249
-l Exercis€ 39. looking ol grommor. (chort 9-l ' 9-10)
Coftplete the sentences with any eppropriate form of the words in pareotheses. Add any other
necessary words. In some cases, more than one completion may be possible.
1. Irad is a very healT meral. Itis (lieao:',) heavier thah Eold or silver' Itisoneof
(heatD) the heavieat meEls of all.
2. Mrs. Cook didn't ask the children to clean up the kitchen. It was (eaiy)
for her to do it he^clf to nag them to do it.
3
been built.
9. It's possible thar rh€ volcanic explosion of Krakatoa near Java in 1883 was (/oxd)
noise recorded history' People heard it 2,?60
milesi4,.141 klometers away
-
250 CHAPIER 9
to. (hard) I tried, (iapossi6le)
the math problem seemed-
12. Vhen the remperature stays below fteezing for a long period of time, tbe EiEel Tower
-
becom€s six inches or fifteen centimeters (shor,
14. Youd better buy thc tickets for rhe show soon. (ir,rs)
you wait, (d,Jfi.dt) it will be for you ro ger
-
good seats.
PRoBEM A: 2 + 2:
PRoBEM B: t/s00 + zo =
PRoBL-EM C: 3 x 127 =
PRoBltMD:2+3:
PRoBrfM E: 127 x 3:
comporisons 25I
(a) John and Mary have lhe same books. The safie, sifillal and dilfererl are Lrsed as adjectives.
(b) John and Mary have similat books. Notice: ihe always precedes sa1,e.
(c) John and Mary hav€ dillercnt books.
(d) Their books are fl,e same.
(e) Their books ale simi,at
(t) Their books ale difrerent
(o)ThiS bOok is"e satte as that One Notcei ne salη eisio owed by asi
(h)ThiS bOOk s s'″ llar iO that one slmllar s lo10WeO by tal
(1)ThiS b00k is d′ rreren:rrOrn that one
dl砕 7entis(olo,ved by rrOm・
(j) She is lne same rge as my molher A noun may come belween ihe srma and rs, as in 0)
My shoes are the same size as Yours.
(m)She loο ″s llke her s ster ln addition to following be, ,lke also lollows certain vorbs, prima ly
lt′ ooks″ ke rain lhose dealing with lhe senses.
lt sO“ nds llke thunde[ Nolice lhe exampl€s in (m).
This matela reeお jlke slk
That sne″ s llke Oas
This chemical● stes flke Sa t
Stop acPlng″
He seens″ ke"aa nice
loo Ouy
(n) The twins ,oot alike. ハllke may lo“ Klw a lew vefbs Otherthan● ●
l Ccesc arc sunilar 'θ ducks Tllcy arc bOth iargc、 vatcr birds
2. But geese are no! the same ducks- Geese are usually larger and have
longer necks.
,[. Geese are like duck in some ways, but geese and ducks are not exacdy
alikc
5. An orange is similar a peach. They arc bo*r round, sweet, and iuicy
252 cHAPIER'
6
However, an orange is not the same a peach.
7
An orange is differenr a peach.
8
a pcach in some ways, bur rhey are nor exacdy alike
コ
Listen to each passage. Complere rhe senrences with the words you hear.
cxpenslve silver.
Two Zcbras
Irok at the two zebras in the picture. Theh names are Zee and Bee. Zee looks
Comporisons 253
J Exercise 43. looking qt glommor. (cho e-l l)
Compare the figures. Complete the sentences with ahe sarne (as), si,nilat (to)' difreren.
([r'otn) , hhe, or al;he.
2. Figlre A is Figrire B.
4. A and C are
5. A and C are
6. Cis
7. Bisnl D,
l. Jennifer and Jack both come fiom Rapid Ciry ln other words, they come ftom
2. This ciry is th.6.nc 2a / similar ta / lik my hometo$'n. Both are quiet and
minc
0フ ”” 〓フ
a female
A male mosquito is not
mosquito. The fcmale is larger'
254 CHAPTER 9
6. I'm used to stronger cotree. I think the coffee at this cafe tastes
dishwater!
8. -Flozler" has
Birth Order
In your family, are you the oldest, youngest, middle, or only child? Some psychologists
believe your place in the family, or your birth order, has a strong influence on your pe$onality.
I-eCs look at some of the personality characteristics ofeach child.
The oldest child has all the parents'attention when she is born. As she grows up, she may
want to be tle center of attention. Because she is around aduhs, she might act more like an
adult arourd other children and be somewhat controlling. As the oldesr, she mighr have to rake
care of the younger children, so she may be more rcsponsible. She may want to be rhe leader
whcn she is in groups.
The middle child (or children) may feel a little lost. Middle children have to share their
parents' attention. They may try to be difrerent from rhe oldest child. lf the oldest child is
"good," the second child may be "bad-" However, since they need ro ger along with both the
older and younger sibling(s), they may be the peacekeepers ofrhe family.
The youngest child is the "baby" of rhe family. Other family members mav see him as
weakerJ smaller, or more helpless. Ifthe parents know this is their last child, rhey may not want
the child to grcw up as quickly as the other children. As a way to get artenrion, rhe youngest
child may be the tunniest child in the family. He may also have more fieedom and turr out to
be more artistic and creative.
An only child (no brothers or sisrers) often grows up in an adult world. Such childrcn
may use adult language ard prefer adult company. Only children may be more inrelligent and
sedous than other children their age. They mighr also be more self-centered because ofall the
attention they get, and rhey might have trouble sharing wirh others.
Ofcourse, these are general statemenrs. A lor depends or how r}Ie paretts raise the child,
how many years are between each child, ard rhe cuhue rhe child grows up in. How about you?
Do you see any similarities to your family?
F
l. The two most similar children are tle oldest and only child.
F
2. The middle child ofren wants to be like the oldest child.
F
3. The youngest child likes to contlol others.
F
4. Only children may want to spend time with adults.
F
5. All cultures share the same birth order characteristics.
Ihr, Ir. Compare yourself to other members of your family. lyrite sentences using the
structures below:
Structures:
1 notas...as
2. more...tlan
3. -er...than
4. the most . . .
Par, 11L Write a paragraph comparing your personality to that of another member of your
family. Follow these steps:
l. Write an introductory sentence: I am dillercfit lrorn I similar to my ..
2. Choose at least four characteristics from the list. For each one, mske some rype of
comPadson.
3. rr(/rite a few details that explain each comparison.
4. rvrite one or two concluding seltences.
Sampb parusraph:
My Father .nd I
256 CHAPTER 9
tr Exercis€ 47. Check your knowledge. (chopier 9)
Edit the sentences. Comect rhe erro$ in comparisoo structures.
the
l. Did you notice? My shoes and your shoes are/same.
6. One of a biggest disappoinrment in my Iife was when my soccer ream losr the
championship.
10. Professor Bennett's lectures were ihe confusi.ng I have ever heerd.
comporisons 257
Exelcise I. Wolm-up. (chorh I0-l ond l0-2)
Choose rhe s€ntence in ea;h irem illat describes tIrc picture abo!€ it. More than one ansl*c' mey be
l a The worm is watching the 2 a The bird caught rhe 3 a The bird ate the worm.
bird. b The worm vras eaten.
b The bird is watching the b The worm was caught
by the bird.
Passive
(b) Th6 cheese Lvas eaten by the mouse.
q卜 "→ ロ 臼→
_″ 現レ
Acdve tn (c): The object in an active seni€nce becomes the
S 0 subjecl in a passive sentence.
(") EA inaled
…
S by+0 ln (d)i The subjod in an actir€ sentence is th€ oblecl
,he packagd was ma ed by 80b ol byin a passive senlence.
258
be- Pesi parliciple Form ol allpassive vebsl
qrcwn by farmers.
b + past patticiple
Sara surprised by lhe news. Eecan be n any ol its lorms] am, is, are, was, wee,
Thetepoi wittbe by lvlary has been, have been, will be, etc.
PRESEllT PROGRESSIVE Diana is copyirg the lett€rs. The teters ate being copie.t W Diana.
PAST PROGRESSIVE Diana was copying lhe letl6rs. + The lettors were tteing copiect by Oiana,
-
PRESENT PERFECT Jack I'as mairedthe letl€r. + The letter l,as Dee, .railed by Jack.
FUTURE Mr. L6e riilpiar the me6ling. fhe meeling will be planned by Mr Lee.
Suo ,s goirg lo Mile lhe repo( + fhe rcpo,t is going to be wride, by Sue.
-
l. SlM?Ir PRESEN"T
i. PRESENT PRocREssM
250 cHAmR lo
J Exercise 4. tooking ql grcmmor. (chofs ro-r ond ro-2)
Check (/) the senrences r}|ar are passive.
At the detrtist
l. The dental assista[t cleaned your teeth.
2. _ Your teeth were cleaned by the dental assistant.
3. _ The dentist is checkjng your teeth.
4. Your teerh are being checked by rle dentisr.
5. You have a cavity.
6. _ You are gorng ro need a filling.
7. The filling will be done by the denrist.
8. _ You will need to schedule another appointment.
be + psst participle
l. L,eo mailed t\e The pack.ge wao m.ailed by lJeo.
package.
people.
the letter.
patienr.
b. Did the news surprise you? Werc lou sur7rieed by rhe news?
242 cH^mn lo
」 Exercise 8. Wolm-up. (chorr ro-3)
Check (/) rhe sentences that have obiects. Underline the objects.
Column A Coluru B
l. Alexander Eiffel L a. killed in a car crash in 1997.
2. Anwar Sadat - L b. died in 2009.
3. Princess Diana /c. shot in 1981.
4. Marie and Pierre Cu e d. painted be Mona Lia.
5. Oil _ e. elected preside[t of the United States in I 960.
-
6. Mahaima Gandhi and Martin f. discovered in Saudr Arebia in 1938.
peaceful prot€sts.
Luther Kiog Jr. c. arrested*r several times for
7. Michael Jacl.son /h. desigDed the Eiffel Tower.
-
8. konerdo davinci - - i. rcleased ftom Prison in 1990.
9. John F. Kennedy - t. discovered radium.
lo. Nelson Mandela
'Scc Loiα И′ ω″Ъ
p 421 -
“
・・ d‐ takcn to iJl
““ “
264 CHAPrP10
」 Exercise lI.
Wqrm-up, (Chort tO-4)
Complete rhe senrences with information from r}le ftonr ofthis book.
@l fhis Eseatet was nade by my aunt. The by'phrase is used in passive sentencos when lt is
imporianl to know who perlorms an action.
ln la): by ny auntis i.l].poltant intormaiion.
(b) My swealer was rrade in Kor6a. Usually there is no bfphrase in a passive s€ni€nce.
(c) Spanish ,s spoke, in Colombia. The pass,ve ,s Jsed when i(.s not known or no!
(d) Thal houss was buif in I 940- importanl to know exsctly who peform6 an aciton.
(e) Rice is grow, in manycounlrios ln (b): The exaci person (or people) who made the
sweater is nol known and is nol imporiant to know. so
there is no Dfphrase in lhe passive sentence.
My aunt is very skillful. She made this swoal€r Usuallylhe active is us6d when the sp€aker knows
A: I like your s/veat6rs, who performed lhe action, as in (0, where the tocus ot
B: Thants. Thls swealer rlas nade by my aunt attention is on my ,u',t
That sweater was made Oy my mother ln (g): Speaker B uses the passive wrH a byrhrase
because h6 wanls io locus attenlion ofl lhe subjocts ol
the sontences. Th6locus ol aienlion rs on the two
sw€alers. The byrhrases add important inlormalion.
つ
Someone built this house in 1904.
i. People grow rice in India.
A trsfrc stoP
l. The police \ stoP \ a speeding car
, The Nlice stopPed a s?eed;nc cat
2. The driver \ tell \ to get out of th€ car \ by the police
3. The driver \ take out \ his license
4. The driver \ give \ his license \ to the police ofrce!
5. The Iicense \ check
6. The driver \ give \ a ticket
7. The driver \ tell \ to drive more carefully
266 cHAPTER 10
O Ex€rcise 15. listening. (chorts lo-l ' lO-4,
6 Complete the sentences with the words you hear. Before you begin, you may want to check
dl your understanding of these words: treated, bruises, reckbsi.
'*"' A bik
"""id"ot
A: Did you hear about the accidenr ourside the dorm entrance?
B: No. What
B: he
bruises.
10. Roberto (conre) that composition last week. This one (on??)
-\,esterday.
B: No,I haven't, but l'd better pay it today. IfI don't, my electriciry (rl,,r, qf)
by the power company.
コ ′に ■
Swlnming Pools
Swimming pools are very popular nowada,'s, but can you guess when swimming
I
pools firsl it 100 years ago? Five hundred
years ago? A thousand years ago? Actually, ancien! Romans and Greeks
5
the 6rst swirnming pools. Male athletes ard soldiers h dlcrn for tra赫 g
middlc of tl■ c1800s The citv oF London six indoor swimming pools.
included in the events. After this, sii'imming pools even more popular,
12
268 cHAPIER 10
tr Exelclse 18. Wqrm.up. (chort l0-5)
Read the paragraph and then the sraremenrs. Circle "T" for tlue and "F" for false.
Gecing s Passport
Jerry is applying for a passpott. He needs to bring proof of citizenshipr rwo phorographs,
and the application to the passport omce. He also needs money for the fee. He will receive his
passport in the mail about thee weeks after he appli€s for ir.
F
l. The application process can be complered by mail.
F
2. Pronf of citizenship must be provided.
F
3. A fee has to be paid.
F
4. Photographs should be taken before Jerry goes to rhe passpoft omce.
F
5. The passport will be sent by mail.
Active Modal Passive Modal Auxiliaries Modai auriliaries are ollen used in ihe
Auxiliaries (modal + be + past part;ciple)
8. --- tffiat email file has a virus, it could destroy your reports.
Be careful!
Your reports if that email 6le has a virus.
Are you weering jeans right now, or do you have a pair at home?
If so, who were they made by?
270 cHAmn lo
コ Exercise 21. Worm-up: vio. (Chort tO-6) l
Do you know this trivia?r Complere rhe senrences with words from rhe list.
(g) Paul ls marled lo Susan. Ollen lhe pasl participles in these expressions are
(h) Paul was excled ,torrt th6 gams. Jollowed by parlicular prcposilions r
an object.
lil Paul will be prepaed lotthe e\am.
ln (g): married is lollowed by to l+ an objectj
ln (h): excitedis lollowed by aboutl+ an objec!)
ln (i): ptepercd is lollowedby lor l+ an object)
Some Common ErprosBlona wlth 8e + Past Partlclpl6
be acquainred (u/th) be excited (aboul) be opposed (lo)
be bored (w,lh, by) be o(hausl€d (/rom) be ploased (w,th)
be finlsh6d ( w,itt) be preparcd (for)
be closed be frighlened (ol Oy, aOout) be qualili6d (for)
be gon6 (/rom) be rolated (to)
be crowded (tv,;lh) be hurt b6 satislied (flt|,)
be inlerosled (tn) be scargd (o[ Dy)
be disappointed (,n, Mth) be involved lin, wit ) b6 shut
be divorced (from) be localed in / soulh ofl elc. be spoiled
be tetilied lof, by)
'S..TtiaiaAnM,p.42l
7. pleased his,Ob
272 CHAPTER 10
コ Exercise 24. Looking ot grommor. (chod 10-6)
Complete the sentences \{ifi the presenr form ofthe given verbs. Note the boldface
preposirions rhat follow them.
2. Jane in ecology.
1. Don't clear the table vet. I with my meal.
4. I wlth my progress in English.
-
8
7- Are you acquainted - rhis witer? I canl pur her bools downlr
8. Janet doesn't take good care ofherself. I'm worried her health.
5
l.
6
2.
7
1.
8
4.
l. Dennis isnl doing well in school this semester. He -- jjLY9!!)9Z3bs)L hi,s grades.
2. My shirt COlt()n
3 1 live in a thrcc― roOm apartmcnt with six othcr pcoplc Our aparuncnt
Southeast Asia.
9. According to the job description, an applicant must have a master's degree and ar least five
years of ieaching experience. Unfo.runalely, I
rhet iob-
274 CHAPTER 10
J Exercise 28. Lislening. (chort to-6)
a Complete the sentences with the words you hear-
<a
,,,",.,, E*^ptr, You will hear: M-v earrings are made of gold.
You will write: are made of
l This fl uit I think I'd better rhrow it out.
2. \Yy'hen we got to the post office, it
3. Oxford University Oxford, England.
4. Hale]' doesn'r tike to ride in elevators. She's small spaces.
6. Excuse me. Could you please tell me how to get to the bus starion from here?
Picturc B
(a) 硫 ねd in arl
anわ rerest189わ ln (a): The past participle (rnteterted) describes how a person leels
ⅣCORRECr′ art
ln (b): The present pa iciple (inl€resritg) desc beslheceua€of
(b) Art s lllleres,′ n, ihe feeling. The cause ol the inlerost is arl.
lVCORRECIス ″お こ ln (c): surpriseddescibes how Kate lell. The past participle carries
"reres● a passive meaning: Kate was swprised by the news.
The news 3urpr:9ed Kate
ln {d): t 16 n€ws was ihe cause ol lhe surprise.
(C) Kate was surprlsed
(d) The news was stfrprlsfflg
Like oiher adjeclives, parlicipial adjoctives may lollow De. as in
(e) Did you hearthe surprls′ ng news2
examples (a) th rough (d), or lhey may come in lronl of nouns as in
(() Roberto fixOd theわ″ ″θ ndoly
"w′ (e) and (,).
'TIepa$pariicipleofrcsularrcItlsendsi!-€dForverbsfiathavciresularlbmqsectheinsidetrontondb3'k'ovcrs'
I 「i107)
Exelcise 30 L● ●king ol gromrnoL(cい 。
Or"71t r cο α∫
″r
Complete the scntcnccs with thc correct wordl g rl,lllα ,ら
l. The is ftightened.
2 ‐ e is frightening
3 nc is excited.
4 Ъ e is exciting.
5 ]「 hc is thrilling.
6 Ъ e is delighted.
コ Exerc:se 31.uslening.(cho"10‐ 7)
5. surprise suip.ising
6. scare scared
2フ 6 cHAPTER10
」 Exelcise 32. looking st grqmmol, (chort lO-7)
-r;g form of the verbs in ,ralts.
Complete the sentences vrith rhe -ed or
l. Talal's clesses ,rrelen him.
a. Talel's are ;nl?rc7Ling
classes
b. Talal is an intcrcstcd si)deDt.
2. Emily is going to AusEalia. The idea of going on this trip ?x.r'res her.
a Emilvis about going on this trip.
b. She thinks it is going ro be an trlp
4 Mike heard some bad news. The bad news derle$ed him.
a. Mike is very sad. In fact, he is
b. The news made Mike feel very sad. The news was
W儒
The Possive 277
1
´
0 ︻
embarrassed embarrassing surprised surprlslng
′ ^
embarrassed embarassing upset* upsctting
3
0
shocked shockins depressed deprcssing
4
Right now . ..
l. I am getting tired.
"S nO
2. I aIn getting hungry. ycs nO
3. I am getting conirsed. rS nO
●●f+Past Partlciple Sometimes get is tollowed by a pasl parlic ple The pasl
(c)rm gerlng“ red Letヽ stop wOrking paficiple atler getis lik€ an adjectiveiit d€scibes lhe subiecl
(d)Steve and Rna go′ narrled last month
rThere is no +l cnding
278 CHAPTER lo
-J Exercise 35. Looking ol grcmmor. (cho l0-8)
Complete the sentences with the words in rhe list.
l. This food is delicious, but I can't eat any more. l'm getting flil
2. This work has to be done before we leave. We'd betrer ger and stop
wasting time.
3. I didn't unde$tand Mariam's directions very well, so on the way to her house last night I
. I couldnl find her housc.
4. lt's herd to work on a car and stay clean. Paul's clorhes always get
ftom all the grease arrd oil.
5. Tim doesn't like to fly. As soon as he sits down, his heart starts to beet quickly. He gets
reallv
6. !(re'd better go home. It's getting , and you have school tomorroi!-
7, Simon wants to get , but he doesn't want to work. That's fiot very
realistic.
8. Ifyou plan to go to medical school, you need to get about the time
and money involved and start planning now.
4 ´
1
2 3
つ 6
u Exercise 38. Looking ol glommor. (cho r0-8)
Complete the sentences with appropriare forms ofg€, and the words in the lisr.
1. When I stayed out in the sun too long yeste .ay,l oat sunburned
2. Ifyou're sick, stay home and take care ofyourself. You won't
ifyou don't take care ofyouself.
3- Alima and Hesan are engaged. They are going to a year
fiom now
6. Put these towels back in the dryer. They didn'r the first time.
260 cHAmR ro
12. Good rcstaumnts around dinner time. h's hard to frnd a seat
because there are so many people.
15. Sam is wearins one brown sock and one blue sock today.
A Blended Family
Lisa and Thomas live in a blended family. They are not related to each orher, but they are
brother and sister. A€tually, they are stepbrother and stepsister. This is how they came to be in
the same family.
Lisa's mother got divorced when Lisa was a baby. Thomas' father was a widower. His
wife had died seven yeals earlier. Lisa and Thomas' parcnts met five yeals ago at a going-away
party for a fiiend. After a year of dating, they got engaged and a year later, they got married.
Lisa andThomas are about the same age ard get along well. Theirs is a happy, blended family.
(C)lan υs“ fo llylngin a hot clmate Notice in (c) and (d): to (a preposilion) is lollowed by
(d)l arP accυ stonθ d ro″ vjng n a hot clmale
the -/r,9lom oJ a verb {a gerund).
2. Alice was bom and mised in Chicago. She living in a big ciry
3. My hometown is NewYork City, but this year I'm going to school in a town with a
I sleeping late.
282 CHAPIER ]O
2. What time going to bed?
7 WЪ at doing on q,eekends?
Ibr, II. rvork with a parmer. Take tums asking and answering the questions in Part I.
I-opies:
l. Junko is going to leave her perents' house next week. She is going to move in with two of
her cousins who work in the city. Junko will be away ftom her home for the first time in
her lif€. What is she going to have to get accustomed to?
2. Think ofa time you uaveled io or lived in a foreigD country. !(,hat weren't you used to?
What did you get used to? r,r(/hat didnl you ever ger used to?
3. Think of the fust day of a job you have had. !?hat weren't you used to? lvhat did you get
used to?
2. There are some foods I didn't like when I first tried them, but now they're okay. For
examplej the first time I ate ,I di.ln\ likc it. hut nos, I'm
used to eating them.
lb) | am used to living in a big city. ln (b): be used to s folowed by the -irg torm ol a
aNorEr In boL\ us?d ro (habiNalpar) and 6e aed ro, ihe lor pio.ounc.d.
"d" is
1. I have lived in Malaysia for a long time. I aff used to warm weather.
4. 1 used to sit in the back ofthe classroom, but now I prefer to sit in the
5. li7hen I was a child,I used to play games with my friends in a big field
near my house after school every day.
6. It's hard for my kids to stay inside on a cold, rainy day. They
playing outside in the big field near our house. They play there almosr every day.
1. Nick stays up later now than he did when he was in high s€hool. He (go) ubed to ao
2. I got used to going to bed late when I was in college, but now I have a job and I need my
sleep. These days [ (go\ am uoed to 49i!g to bed around ren-rhirry
4. Ms.Wu has had a vegerable garden all her life. She (sror!)
her own vegetables.
284 CHAPIER ]O
5. Oscar has lived in Brazil for ten years. He (eat)
Brazilian food. ICs his favorite.
7. I have taken the bus to wo.k every day for the past five years. I (,4&e)
the bus.
(a) Mike is supposecl lo call me tomorrow 8e supposea, to is used lo lalk about an aclivity or
(DEA: I expect Mike to call me tomorrow.) ev€ni that is expecled lo occur.
ln (a): The idea of is cupp@ad to is lhal l\,{ike is
(b) We are supposed lo wtite a composilion.
expecied (by me) to call me. lasked him lo cail
(oEA: The teach€r erpects us io write a composiiion.)
me. He promised to call me. I exp€cl him to
Alice was supposed lo be home ai ten, but she ln the past lorm, De sarptr oaad lo otten o9resses
didn'l get in uniil midnighl. lh€ id€a ihat an expecled 6v6nt did not occur, as
(rocA: Someone €xp€cted Alico to be hom€ al len.) in (c).
5. DR. K.EMPER: You should take one pill every eighr hours.
PATTENT: Right. Anything else?
DR. KEMTER: Drink plenty offluids.
Z003
Z00s arc cOmlnon around ulc world The rlrst z00、 VaS eStablished around 3,500 years ago
byan E型 ,tian queen for her en,0,■ ent Fl■ c hundrcdッ cars latcr,a Chincsc cmpcrOr
established a huge 200 10 ShOW his pぴ ver and、vealぬ hter,zoos wCrc cstablishcd for■ c
purpOsc OfstudIIng animals
Zoos wcrc suppOscd to takc good carc ofanimals,but some oFthe eany ones、 vere dark
h01cs Or dt,cagcs At that timc,pcOplc bccamc disgusted widl the poor care the animals、 vcrc
286 CHAPTER 10
given. hter, these early zoos were replaced by scientific institutioos. Animels were studied and
kept in better conditions there. These r€search centers became the first moder[ zoos.
Because zoos want to treat animals well and encourage breeding, animals today are put in
large, mtual settings instead of small cages. They are fed a healthy diet and are watched
cerefirlly for any signs of disease. Most zoos have specially Eained veterinarians and a hosPital
for their animals. Today, atimals in these zoos are treated well, and zoo breeding programs have
saved mally different gpes of arimals.
3. a. The animals was poor\ cared for in some ofthe early zoos.
b. Tlle animals were Poorly cared for in some of the early zoos.
c. The eally zoos didD't take good care ofthe animals.
4. a. Today, snimals are kept in more flatuml settings.
b. Today, zoos keep animals in more netural settings.
c. 'Ibday, more natural seftings are Provided for enimals.
5. a. Nowadays, animals are treated befter in zoos than before.
b. Nowadals, animals are taken befter care of in zoos than before.
c. Nowadays, anim.ls take care of in zoos than before.
P4rr IIt Listen to the passage. Complete dle sentences with the verbs you heal and tien
answer the questions.
Zoos
Zoos are com]non arourid the world. The first zoo w45 established around 3.500
years ago by an Esptian queen for her enjoyment. Five hundred yeats later, a Chinese
cmpcrOr a huge zoo to show his power and wealth. kteri zoos
disgusted with the poor care the animals lnteも thesc carly
and in better conditions thcre. These rescarch centers became the first
288 CHAPTER ro
I ExerGBo 54. Peoding ond wfing. (chopter I0)
fbrr L Reed the passage aod utdc4ile the passive verbs.
MY Favorite Hotdey
(1) NewYear's is tle most important holiday ofthe year in my country. NewYear's !!
celebrated ior fifleen days, but my favorite day is the fust day.
(2) The celebration actually begiDs at midnight. Fircwory.s are set ofr, and the streets are
fitled with people. Neighbors and fiiends greet each other and wish one another good luck for
the year. The next morning, gifts are exchanged. Children are given money. It is wrapped in
red envelop€s because red is the color for good luck- When I was younger, this was always my
favorite part of the holiday.
(3) On NewYear's Day, everyone wears new clothes. These clothes are bou8ht especia y for
the holiday. People are very polite to each other. [t is considered wrong to yell, lie, or use bad
language on the first day of the year. It is a custom for younger generations to visit their elders.
They wish them good health and a long life.
Ir. Choose a holiday you like. Describe the activities on this day- what do you do in the
,Pbrr
morning? afternoon? eveniog? Which activities do you enjoy the most? Make some of your
sentences passive.
(。 )lhave an′ ηb“ ぬ For words lhat bogin wath th6 l6ler ol
(f)lSaw an u9″ ρι″fa (1) A,' is us€d il the u is a vow€l sound, as in an umDrclla, an uncle,
(9)l attend a u″ Ю rs″ an unusuel day,
(h)lhad a υη9υ θexpθ 子 lence (2) A is us€d af lh€ u is a consonant sound, as in a uriwrsily, a unil,
a usual ewnt.
He will arrive in ,n hour For words that beO n wth the eltei力 :
2'0
f, Exorcise 2. looking ot grommor. (chod I|-I)
Add a or aa to these words.
l. ---L mistake 10. ulgent message
- dream
3, _ 12. - unhappy child
- -
tr Exercise 3. Uslening, (chort I I-I )
A
c{l
Listen to the sentences. Decide if you hear or 4',, or O (no article)
6' Exonbl2: You [,ill hear: I have a bad toothache.
You will choose: @ an @
l,a an @ 6.4 en A
2.a afl O 7.^ an A
3.a an O 8 ^ an O
4.A arr A 9.a en @
29:l cHAmR r r
lndividual Parts→ The Whole Noncounl nouns usually refer lo a whole group ofihings
(Count Nouns) (Noncount Nouns) ihal rs made up ol many irdivrdualparls. a whole
calegory mado ol dillercnl varielies.
Fot e\ample, luniturc is a noncounl nouniit describ€s a
whole caiegory ol things: chais, tables, beds, etc-
,″
"″
Mail, huit, a1d jewety arc other examples oI noncount
nouns lhal re{er lo a whole calegory made up ol
F ″
l.
n n
0 0
I'm leaming a lo! of grammarr.__ll this term.
2. Count and noncount uoung- are easy,
6. Fact -
are always true. yes nO
15. Parents usually have helpfirl suggcstion for then kids. ves nO
16. Sometimes kids have helpful advice - for thek parents. ycs nO
-
J Exelcise 9. Wolm-up. (cho r r-4)
Complete the sentences with words fiom the list. Make semences rhar are true for you.
294 CHAPTER r l
(a)Liquids Sol ds and Semi‐ So‖ ds
Abslractlona*
beauty tun health ignorance luck selfishness
courage generosity help kindness patience time
experiencg happiness honesty knowledge progr€ss violence
rAn dbsM.tion is dn ide.. It has no physicll form A person c,mot touch n
3. suggestion- 8. toothpaste-
4. suggesrion_ s. stufr_
5. gol.l 10. equipment
296 CHAPTER r r
Places:
a restaurant an island
a museum a hotel
a popular deparEnent store an airport
5. Ieatafew
6. Icatalirde . for breakfast.
Count
Seversl s used on y wlh counl nolns.
some / O
l. Jakob learned s€ve$l new vocsbulary.
5. Lydia doesn't like learning too much new vocabulary in one day
Ho r luhlHou many .. .
1 pages does this book have?
2. coffee do you drink every day?
3. cups oftea do you drink every day?
4. homework do you have to do tonight?
5. assignments have you had this week?
6. provinces does Canada have?
7. count es does Aftica have?
8. snow does this area get in the winter?
290 cHAPIERll
tr Exerciso 19. tooklng ot gEmmqr. (chorts II-r ' It-s)
Complete the sentences wirh a leut ot a littlc and the given rloun. Use the plural form of the
noun as necessary.
l. music to a litl:lc music
I feel like listening tor.ight.
'1. pepper M,v grandfarher doesn't usc salt, but he al$ays puts
on his eggs.
6. apple I bou8ht
8. advice I need
Picture A Picture C
glass (a) Windows are made ol g/ass. (b) I drank a graes ofwaler.
(c) Janetwears g/asses when she reads.
ha r (d)Rta has brown ha′ た (e) rhere s , ,r,r on my jacket.
子On (l) ,ro,ls a melal. (g) lpressed my shin wilh all i/or.
●︾
(h) I opened lhe curtain lo let in (1)P Oase turn offめ e llgわ 0(lamp●
paper (j) I need some paperto wile a nole. (k ) I wrote a paper for Prolessor Lee-
( l) I bouqhl a paper(a nelYspaper).
(m) How mlch rmedo you need lo (n) How many t mes have you b6€n to Mexico?
finish your work?
(o) lhave some wolk lo do tonight. (p) Thal painling is a work of arl.
(q) lhad some co,tee aller dinner. lt) Two colfees, please.
exper ence lu) I haver\'t had much experience (v) I had maryinleresting expetiences on my ttip.
with compllers. (ldon't have (L4any inteGsling evenls happened 10 me on my
much knowledge or skillin using vip.)
compulers.)
げ 【111f』
… Picture B Picture C
300 CHAPT[R ll
1. That was a great meal. I ate a lot of chicken. Now I'm stufied.i
2. Are you hungry? How abour a lirrle chicken for lunch?
3. Vtlen I was a child, we raised a lot ofchickens.
4. I bought a few chickens so I can have fresh eggs.
-
5. There s a litrle chicken in your yard. _
-
6. That's a big chicken over there. Nly'ho does it belong to?
4. paper Students who take careful lecture notes can use a lot of
5. paper The .\'e?, yor& fr,.s is (a, sorne) famous
9. hair Brian has a white cat. Vtlen I stood up from B an's sofa, my black slacks
were covered with short white
ll. glass Io some countries, people use for their tea; in other
countries, the) usc cups.
16. experience You should apply for the job at the elecEonics compeny because you have a
lot of h● at rleld
17 chicken Joe, would you like (lz, ro"t?)
20 1'ght A: IF you wanttO takc a picture outside no% you'll need e flash. The
(!s,l drd,,l) good here.
B: Or, we could wait an hour. (It, maJ) will be brighter then.
302 cHAmに R ll
」 Exercise 24. Looking ql glommor. (chod r r-7)
What units of measlrre are usually used with the given nouns? More than one unrt ofmeasure
can be used with some ofthe nouns.
1. , can/izr ofolives
2. a ,ox ofcrackers
a
3. of mineral water
a
4. ofjam or ielly
n
5. of tuna
a
6. of soup
a
1. of sugar
a
8.
a
9. of soda
a
10. of flour
a
. of paint
a
15. a of caldy
16. a of bread
t7. a of cake
19. a ofsoup
20. a of pbza
21. e
22. e ofnoodles
23. e
24. a
25. a
26. a ofrice
27. a
28. a ofwatermelon
304 CHAPTER r l
Exercise 26. Wolm-up. (chqd I l-8)
Read the conversations. \Vhy does Speaker A lse a or ,he? Discuss what botl Speaker A and
Speaker B are thinking about.
Conversation I
Convercstion 2
ConversatiOn 3
Noncount Nouns: o
(9)●
(h)●
rfU″ S g00d 10r yOu
()lke 0 0“ た
1)lSaW a dogin my yard ln (j): The speaker is saying. "l saw one dog (not two
k)Mary ate an apple dogs, som€ dogs, many dogs). lt wasn t a specific dog
l)lneed a ρθnc″ (e.9., yourdog,lhe neighbor's dog,lhal dog). ltwas
only ono dog oul ol lhe whole group ol animals called
dogs."
(m) lsaw some dogs in my yard. ln (m): The speaker is saying, "l saw more lhan one
(n) Mary bought som€ apples. dog. They weren l specific dogs (e.9.. yourdogs,lhe
(o) Bob has sol',e peDc,/s in his pockel. neighbor's dogs, those dogs). The exacl number oi
dogs isn't impo(ant (two dogs, fiv6 dogs);l'm simply
saying thal lsaw an indefinits numbsroJ dogsl
See Chart 11-5 lor other words lhat can be used witl
plural counl nouns, such as *lefel a la*, a d a lot of-
8ob drank 30me ctlFFee amount olfrut The exact amount(o9 ヽ″O pounds of
r
Wou d you lke to lsten to so"e mL_・ ″2 fruit iour bananas and卜 ″o applos)iSn timportant
And rm nOtta k ng about specr c`run(e g thatiru“
the iru“ n that bowl)'
306 cHAPT=良 li
iir,ued\
THE SPEAKER AND THE L]STENEB ABE THINKING ABOIJT THE SAME SPEC FIC PERSON(S) OB THINGS,
(x) I had a banana and an apple. I gave ln (x): A speaker us6s ihewhen she/he menlions a
lhe bananalo Mary, noun the second iime.
Firsl menlion: I had a banane.. -
Second menlion: I gave the btnena . - -
(bb) I had some bananas and appl€s. I gave ln (bb) lrre is used lor s€cond m6nlion.
the bananas lo Mary.
Conv€rsation I
%○
Conve$ation 2
Conversation
300 CHAPTER ll
︲
4
o
・③
“
C
︵︻ ] ︶ 。 。 。 。
O
n
︱′
,
ヽ ‘・
。
A.: I ate torne fru;a. B:Oh,
∽ llversation 5
Conversation 6
310 cHAmR -
B: Yes.
A: Did you set alalm clock?
B: Yes.
A: Then let's turn out _ lights.
-
B: Goodnight, dear.
A: Oh, don't forget your appointment with doctor tomorrow.
B: Yes, dear. Goodnight.
」 - I l-8)
Exercise 29. looking ot grommor. (chod
Decide if the boldface noun is singular, plural, or noncount. Then decide if it has a general or
specific meatring.
Specific
l. Birds have fealhcrs.
cold.
じ a b &
Money
In ancient rimes, people did not use coins for money. Instead, shellsj beads, or sah were
used. Around 2,600 years ago, the Iirst meral coins were made. Today most money is made
fiom paper. Ofcourse, many people use plastic credit or debir cards to pey for goods. In the
future, haybe we'll use only cards, and paper money won't exist,
o
l. _-L Vttet is a deiry producr.
6. tlees reduce -
pollution by cleaniog the air.
7. -
Eees in my yard are 200 years old. -
3I2 -
cxamP -
-
コ Exercise 33. Looking of grommor, (Chort I r-8)
Complete the sentences with alan, lhe, or sorna.
1- I had a banana and ,n apple. I gave _ lil banana to Mary. I ate ,h,
apple.
Lisren to the passage. Then lisren again and write alon, the, or O. Before you b€gin, you
want to check your understanding of these words: roof (of yow mourh), netres, blood Lessels,
¨
Icc-Cream Hcsd.chca
Have you ever eaten something really cold like ice cresm alrd suddenly gonen __,L
headache? This is known as "ice-cream headeche." About 30 percent ofthe
2
population gets this rrpe of headache. Here is one theory about why
,4
-
- counl/Noncounl Nouns ond- Articles 3I3
ice-cream headaches occur. roof of your mouth has a lot of nerves. When
5
something cold touches these nerves, rhey want to warm up _ your brain. They
make
78
-
your blood vessels swell up (get bigger), and this causes lot ofpain.
- -
tr Exercise 35, Looking ot gl€mmqL (chopier -I I - 8)
alan, ,[e, or O in the blanl<s-
Wri.te
l. I have , window in my bedroom. I keep it open ar night because I like fiesh air.
Ih, window is above my bed.
2. Kathy likes to listen ro _ music when she srudies.
4. l-ast week I read book about _ life of Indka candhi, India's only
female prime minister, who
- was assessinated in 1984.
5. Irt's go swimming iD
- lake today.
6. _ warer is essential ro human life, but don'r driok _ water in the Flat
River. lt'll kill you! - Dollution in tha! river is rerrible.
7. People can drink ftesh wster. They canl drink _ seawater becsuse it
contains _ -
salt.
-
-
314 CHAPIER ] I
コ Exercise 35. Worm - up. (chori I I - 9)
Complete the questions with ,rre or O.
lvoud nolt tihe to see . . .
1 iha Amazon River? 6 Australia?
つ
O Korea? 7 Mississippi River?
(a) We melo Mr. Wang. rheis Nor lsed with tiled names.
Iknod g Docrot smith- NcaRREcr: We met lhe Mr- Wang.
O tuesident Rice has bten in lhe nows
(b) He lives in O Eutupe. Ire is Nor used with lhe names oJ coniinents.
O ,4s/:r islh€ largesl contin6nl. tNcoRREcr: He lives in lhe Europe.
Have you €v€r been to O Afrca2
(C) He lives in et France. ,,'eis Nor used wiih lhe names of mosl counlries
O Brazlis alatge county, tNcoRREcr: He lives in lhe France,
Haue Wu evet been \o O fhailand?
Theis used in lhe nam€s ol only a lew counlries, as
(0) H6 lives in the uflled Srales. in (d). Olhers: lhe Czech Republb. the United Anb
,he Nelherlards is in Europe. Emintes, lhe Dominican Repuuic.
Aave you o\et been lo the Philippines?
(e) He ivesin o Parls meis Nor used wilh the names ol cilies.
● ″θ″ ヽ0′ kis the largest c tyin the un10d states tNcoRREcr: He lives in lhe Paris.
Have you everbeento 0 0ね nbυ ′ ?
fhe Nile Biver is long. Il,e is used wilh lhe names of rivers, oceans, and
they ctossed the Pacific Ocean-
Ir,e Yel/ow Sea is in Asia. Dre is Nor used with the names ol lakes.
(9) Chicago is oi O Lake Mbhtgan.
O Lake Titicaca lies on lhe border belwesn Peru
and Bolivia.
(h) We hiked inめ eス lp・ Iheis used wilh the namss of mounlain ranges.
■lθ ハndesare in SOuth Amelca Iheis Nor used wilh lh€ names of individual
(1) Ho clmbed O Moυ η′[νeFS′
● Oυ 月′晨″′Is n Japan
^″
T T T
F F F
l. Moscow is the biggest city Russia.
2. Riine River flows rhrough Germany.
1. Vienna is in Austrslia.
-
T T
F F
Yangze ir the longest river in A\ia.
-
5. Adsntic Ocean is bigger than Pa€ific.
6. Rocky Mountains are located in Canada
F
and United States.
F
7. Dr. Sigmund Freud is famous for his srudies ofas$onomv.
-
F
8. I-akeVrctona is located ir Tanzania.
-
F
9. Another name for Holland is Netherlands.
F
10. Swiss Alps are the tallest mountains ln the world.
-
」 Exercise 38. Oome.- (chod I t-9) -
Work -in Foups. Choose a place in the world. It can be a continent, country, city, sea) river,
mountain, etc. Your classmares will try to guess where it is by askingyas/zo questions. Limit
the numbe, of questions ro teo for esch place.
Exarnple:
SPEAK.ER A: (thinking of the Medierranean Sea)
SPTIAKER B: Is it a continent?
SPETaKER A: No.
SPE x-ER C: Is it hor?
SPEaT.ER A: No-
SPEA(ER D: Is it big?
SPEAT.ER A: Yes.
Etc.
316 cHAmR rr
C.pitallze
l. The tirst word ol a senlence we saw a movie lasl nighl. Capilar2e = use a big letter, nol a
small letler
6. The names oi co'rrses rm tak ng Chemistry 101 Here's your history b00k BuT
Im takin9 H stO"101
g. The names ot roligions BLrddhism, Chrislianity, Hinduism, Words thal leler lo lhe names ot
lslam, and Judaism are major re igions are always capitalized.
religions in the world.
19. On l€lentine's day (february l4th), sweethearts give each other presents.
20. I read e book called, the ca, and the , oute in tN aunt\ ho6e-
18hcn,.eltt, wtt,.or, sd B, Gfcr !o th. dirtion or . comp.$, rh.y arc nor epltali,ra: .r4pea n w. oJ Chiaa.
Vb.n th.y c pd of . asamphi.rl ,r@., dry ae epir.liza: laraan in u FatE6t-
318 CHAPTER rr
J Exercise 4I. Grommor, reoding, ond wliling. (chopter I l)
P@r,l Read the passage- Add capital letters as necessar!.
fane Goodall
J
(1) Do you recognize the namefhne goodalt? Perhaps vou know her for her studies of
(2) Jane goodall was born in england, and as a child, was fascinated by animals Her
favorite books were rle jungb book, by rudyatd kipling, and book about tarzan, a fictional
(3) Her childhood dream was to go to afiica. AIler high school, she worked as a secretaly
and a wartress to earn enough rDoney to go there. During that time, she took evening courses in
journalism and english literature. She saved every penny until she had enough money for a trip
to africa.
(4) In the spring of 1957, she sailed through the red sea and southward down the african
coast to mombasa in kenya. Her uncle had arranged a job for her in nairobi wirh a british
compaoy. When she was th€re, she met dr. louis leakey, a famous anthropologist. Under his
guidance, she began her lifelong study of chimpanzees on the eastern shore of lake tanganyka'
(5) Jane goodall lived alone in a tent near the lake. Through months and years of patience,
she won the trust of the chimps and was able to watch them closely. Her observatrons chafiged
forever how we view chimpaflzees and all other animals we share the world with
-
F
l. Jane Goodall was interested io animals ftom an early age.
F
2. Her pareflts paid for her trip to Africa.
F
3. She studied animals in zoos as w€ll as chimpanzees in rhe wild.
F
4. Dr. Leakey was helptul ro Jane Goodall.
F
5. Jane studied chimpanzees with many other people.
F
6. Goodall's work changed how chimpanzees look at the world.
Parr rrl Read the sample paragaph about the organization called Roots afld Shoors. Then
write your own paragraph about an organization that is doing somerhing to help people or
arimals. Focus on correct article usage and capitalization. Note rhe articles in green in the
passage. Follow these steps:
(l) Choose an organizarion you are interested irl.
(2) Research the organizarion. Find the organization's website ifpossible. Thke notes on
the informarion you find. Include information about its history, why it was formed,
the person or people who formed ir, and its goals.
(3) Review Chart I l-10 and check your paragraph for proper cepital;arion.
(4) Edit your paragraph for article use. You may also want to ask anorher srudent ro
Exanple:
320 CHAPTER rl
コ Exercise l. Worm-up. (Chort l2-l )
Check (/) the completions that are true for you.
adj@liv€ + noun
(a) rmetam 6t I met a EEi who k klncl to everyboclY.
adiecliw + noun
(b) r mer a h667J tn=di'. (d) I mel a F;;1 who is a lamous poet.
(1) I meta dan anindepeftenl clausei lisa A claus€ is a slrucllre ihat has a subiectand a vsrb
There are rwo kinds oi clauses: lndependent and
(2) He tives in chlcago = anindep€ndenl clausei
n is a complete sgnlence. ' An ind€pndent clause is a ma n clause and can
who ves ln Chlc.gp - a dependent clause, sland alone as a sentence. as in (l) and (2)
t is Nor acompl€ie senlence. . A depsndont clause, as in (3), cannol stand alone
I nela man who ves h chlcago - an as a senrence. ll musl be connecied io an
independenl clause I a dependsnt clause; independenl clause as in (4).
a complete sefitenco
321
」 Exercise 2. looking ol grommor. (chod r2-r)
Check (/) the items that have complete sentences,
1._ I know a teenager. She flies airplanes.
2._ I know a teenager who flies airplancs.
3. A teenager who flies airplanes.
4. Who flies airplanes.
5. Who flies airplanes?
6. I know a teenager flies airplenes.
(d) The woman thal rves nexr ro me is talkative. tn (b)and (d): The adieciive clause immediately lollows
ihe noun it modities.
tNcoRREcr: The wonan is talkalite that lives nert
322 CHAPTER I2
D Exercisg 4. looking ql gr€mmoL (chorl I2-2)
Circle the iEe sentences that express the ideas in the given sentence.
t. The librarian who helped me with my research lives near my parents.
a. The libmrian lives near my parents.
b. I live near my parents.
c. The librarian helped my palents.
d. The librarian helped me.
2. The veterharian that took care ofmy daughter's goet was very geDtle.
a. The veterinarian took care ofmy goat.
b. The goat wBs gende.
c. The veterinarian treated my daughter's goat.
d. The veterinarian was gende.
1. The hotel clerk who gave us our rcom kevs speak several languages.
5. lvhile I was waiting at the bus stop, I srood next to an elderly men stalted a converssrion
f, Exercise 8,
'Work
bl's tolk. (chorb I2-t ond l2-2)
in pairs or small groups. Complete the sentences. Make Eue statements. Share some of
vour scntenccs vndl dlc class
.
I The reacher that I had for first grade was
The man tiat / mel Trrrl comes atlhe beginning of an adjective ctause.
the man g lmet An objecl prcnoun can be omitted lrom an adjeciive ctause,
as in (c).
324 CHAPTER r2
tr Exercise I0. looking ot gEmmol, (chorts l2-2 ond l2-3)
Check (/) rhe sentences thal have obiect pronouns
1. --L The children who we invited to the party are ftom the neighborhood.
2. The children that we invited to the party were excited to come.
3. The children whom we invited to the party had a good time.
-
4. - The children who live next door are a lot offun.
5. - Marie and Luis Escobar still keep in touch with many of the students that they met
in their English class five yeals ago.
-
6. People who listen to loud music on earphones can suffer gradual hearing loss.
7. I know a couple who sailed around the world.
-
8. - The couple whom we had over for dinner sailed around the world.
O -
Exercise I l. Looking (tl grqmmoL (chorb l2-2 ond l2-3)
Circle all the coffect completions.
]. The woman was interesting
a. that I met last night c. who I met last night
- night
b. I met last d. whom I met last niSht
2. The man was fast.
a. that paiflted our house c. who painted our house
- our house
b. painted d. whom painted
3. The people live on Elm Street.
a. that Nadia is visiting c. who N8dia is visiting
b. Nadia -is visiting d. whom Nadia is visitiflg
4. The students missed lhe quiz
a. that came to class late
- c who came to class late
b. came to class lete d. 'rhom came to class lete
2. a. The man snorcd thc entirc flight. b. I sar n€xr to him on the plane.
3. a. The man tried to shoplift some goceries. b. The police arrested him.
James is looking for a pet. He is single and a little lonely. He isnt sure what kind ofpet
would be best for him. He lives on a large piece of properry in the counry. He is gone during
the day from 8:00 A.M. ro 5:00 PM. but is home on weekends. He travels abour two months a
]'ear bur has neighbors thar can rake care ofa pet, as Iong as it isn't roo big. Whar kind ofper
should he get?
326 CHAPTEP r2
Who and whom rcfer io people.
V
(a) The river is polluled. ,c ws through the town
frich relers lo th ngs.
Dal can reler to either people or lhings
ln (a): To make an adjeclive clause, change ,rto
that ot whlch. lt, that, and which all telet 10 a
thing (lhe ver).
sv (b) and (c) have the same meaning, bul (b) s
The iver lhrt lows through lhe lown iswlluled.
The iw whlch llovts through,he town is pollulod. more common than (c) in speaking and w ling
3. The bus that I take to school every morning is usually very caowded.
4. Pizza which is sold bv the slice is a popular lunch in manv cities throughout the world'
5. Pirenhas are dengerous fish that can tear the flesh ofr an animal as large as a horse in a few
minutes.
2. The people sat in the stadium cheered for the home ream-
328 CHAPTER 12
3. The calendar hangs in Paul's office has pictures ofhis kids.
4. The teenagers returned the wallet tllev found on thc side、 valk
6. The rrce branch was lying in the street caused problems for drivers.
滋 ″ dI∫ geabla
鴬 酬 鳳 s.δ “ “蹴 ■ "咄 IWお ,y nOm“
that which ②
CorulDnA Coturna B
l. A harnmer is a rool . . . . that it used a. She/He leaves society and lives complerely
to Pound ruik. alone.
2. A comedian is someone . . . . b. He/She tells jokes.
3. An obsretrician is a docror.... c. It forms when water boils.
4. Plastic is a chemical maierial .... d. ft is square at the bottom and has four sides
5. Afl architect is someone , . , . that come together in a poinr at the top.
6. A puzzle is a problem . . . . e. She/He designs buildings.
7. A carnivore is an animal . . . . f. He/She delivers babies.
8. Steam is a gas . . . . /g. It is used to pound nails.
9. A tunle is an arrimal . . . . h. It can be shaped and hardened to form
10. A herrnit is apetson.... many useful things'
ll. A plramid is a sEucture . . . . i It can be dimcuh to solve.
i. It eats meat.
k. It has a hard shell and can live in warer or
on land.
330 CHAPTER r2
(a) I know lhe man rho is siting ovet there. ln (a): The velb in lhe adjective clause (rs) is singular
because who refers lo a singular noLrn, ,rar.
(b) Ikno lhe people wro erc sltting ovet therc ln (b): The verb in lhe adiective clause (rte) is plural
because vlro relers lo a plural noun, paopr6.
4. Most people thet (lrire, lrbeJ) in MonBeal speak French as their first language.
6. Some coal miners that (>frr, roti) underground suffer from lung disease.
8. Professional athletes who ( r/af, p/a], tennis for a living can make a lot of rnoney.
10. A book that (tl&, &/) the story of a petson's life is called a biogrephy
12. The woman that (ous, osrs) sitting next to me at the movie was texEng on her cell Phone.
PEEP OBJ That, whom, a1d whlch can be used as lhe objecl
(a) The man was nice. I talked to him. (oBJ)ol a preposiiion (pREp) in an adjective clause.
OBJ PFEP
REMTNDEUT An object pronoun can be omifled irom an
adjective clause, as in (c)and (h).
(b) Th€ man lhat llalked to was nlce
(c) Th€ man O llalked to was nlce ln very lomal English, a preposition comes at the
(d) The man whom I talked lo was nlce beginning of an adjeclive clause, rollowed by either
PREP OBJ whom ot which, as in (e) and (j). This is nol common
(6) Ths man was nlce in spoken English.
332 CHAPTER r2
3. a. The woman pays me e fair salary. b. I work for her-
comforteble. -
-
4. Ve listened- a new CD I erioyed the new-CD we listened
5. Sally was waiting a persoo- The person Sally was waiting
never came. - -'
6. I talked - a man. The man whom I talked was helpful'
-
7. I never found the book that I was looking
8. -
The interyiewer - of the college I had graduated
wanted to know the name
12. What's the name of the person you ioEoduced me at the restaurant last night?
3 a ″,huSband madc c鍵 、
b My husband madc brcakFast
C Tl■ C C88S` Vere cold
4 a l scnt an cmail
b Someone vvanted my bank account numbcL
c Ancman had"bank accOunt numbcr
5 a The hotel clerk called my wife
b Thc spcakerspokc、 vith ule hotcl clcrk
c Thc hOtclroom is gomg to havc a宙 c‐
aLmnywI。 ll・ ed ncar Q“ tO,EcuadoL Tlldr way ofHt was“ ry“ fFcrcnt■ om
"ard m血
hls At flrst,manv● Ings that thcy did and said seemed strangc tO Hirokl:thcir catulg custOms,
2
political宙 Qvs,ways OF sllclwlng Fcclings,work habits,scnsc oF humOら and morc Hc fclt
homesick for pcople w,o Were mOrc similar to him in dlclr customs and habits
As ilnle went on,Htok be8an to apprcciate☆ ulc■ ay oflife dlat hls hOst Family had
4
宙
Many ac● dcs w、 ch hC did with ulcm began to fcd nanlra,and hc dcК 10ped a stOng
33a cHAmR 12
friendship with them. At the beginning of his stay in Ecuador, he had noticed only the customs
arld habits rhat were different between his host family and himself. At the end, he appreciated
l who
2 that
3 vho
、
4 that
5 which
6 u.at
7 vhich
、
Par, II. Complete the sentences with information from the passage.
l. One rhing fiat Hiroki found strange
'll1i6. ed (ro! havc thc sn. pmnmcinion but Nd .h. ss€ m.eiq.
Wb't = uio n: Wo', (Vt@ O )ou uehe?
t/ho5a
Eiamples: a. The women is taking some time off ftorD work. b. Her baby is sick.
' The woman whose bab) is sick i tahing sone tine olf lron wo*.
a. The man said there isn't a lot ofdamage. b. You hit his car
, The nan whose cor snu hi sad th?rc $n\ a tot oJ danoge.
l. a. The C.E.O.r is resigning. b. His company lost money.
2. a. kt me inrroduce you to the woman. b. Her company is hiring right now.
1. a I talked to the couple. b. Their house was burglarized
336 CHAPTER 12
コ Exelcis€ 32. Lel's lolk: poilwork. (chort l2-7)
Work with a partner. Thke turns changiflg the b. sentences to adiective clauses by combining
each pair of sentences with .!rros€.
SITUATIoN: You and your ftiend are at a party. You are telling your fiiend about the people at
the parry
2 a 「
句hcrc is ule、 vOman b. Her husband writes movie scripts
Listefl to the sentences and choose the words you hear: urrro's or urrro.te.
¨
338 cHAmR 12
」 Exettise 36.ustenlng。 (chapler 12)
´ IIsten to the convcrsation Complctc thc scntcnccs witll`"α ら ぃた,cら ,wJlosら or 0
●
∴lli nendly aduce
A: A magazine I saw at the do€tor's oflice had an article
A: If you stop and thinl for a minute, you can answer that question youlself- You're under a
B: The stress I have ar work doesn't bother me. Iis just a normal
l. The color of paint James chase far hi5 bedroom wall. was an unusual shade of blue.
2. The man
called an ambulance.
34O CHAPTER r2
5. The professor teaches Chemistry l0l is !,ery good.
6. The people who I painted their house want me to do other work for them.
7. The people who I met them at the party last night were interesting.
10. Before I came here,I didn't have the opportunity to speak to people who their native
language is English.
12. The people who was waiting to buy tickets for the game they were heppy because their
Common Verbs Followed by Gerunda The verbs n the ist are lollowed by gerunds The
enjoy lbl enioy working n my gaoon.
I ist also contains phrasal verbs(e OⅢ ρυ′ο″)'hat
linish (c) Ann tirrsned srudylhq al midnight. are lolowed by gerunds
quit ld, David quit sll],oking. The ve● s n the lst are NOT i011owed by tO+the
mind (e) Would you mlrd operirg lhe window? s mp e lorm oi a verb(an nlntVe)
poslpone (l) lposlponed doing my homewo*. ″COPREC■ ′θn7o/1o)ya′ わ めe ρarた
put oll (g) | put otl doing ny homewotk- ′″cOnPEcI Bob rlalsヵ edわ s″ψ
keep (on) (h) Keep (or) wor*irg. Don'l slop. ′00nTc■ ′m力 IRking o gO ro′イalγall
consder (tl l n considering goingto Hawan- ∼
lhink about (i) I m thinking about going to Hawaii- See Chart2 2 p 29 1orthe spelno Of lng velb
lorms
discuss (k) They discussed geal,ng a n€w car.
talkaboul ll) they talke<l about getting a nq car
a s
c 。
n e
hand in sleep
hre
t
e
a
pay
342
l The Boyds own a bakery. They {,ork seven days a week and they are very tired. They are
fiinkingabout...
fewer hours a day.
b. their shop for e few week and going on vacation.
more worke^ for their shop.
2. Joseph wants to live a healthier life. He made seveBl NewYear's resolutions. For example,
he has quit . . .
cigars
b. high-fat foods.
until noorl on weekends,
3. Martina is a procmsdnetor.r She puts off. . .
her bills.
b. her assignments to her teacher.
her apartment.
2. The Porrers' car is too small for their growing family. They're considering
a bigger one.
4. Beth doesn't like her iob. She's ralking about a ditrerenl job.
5. A: Are you listening to me?
B: Yes. Keep . I'm listening.
6. A: Do you want to take a break?
B: No. I'm not tired yet. kt's keep on for another hour or so.
7. A: Would you mind
B: No problem. I'm too hot too.
5 A: I've been working on rhis math problem for the last halfhour, and I still don't
understand it.
B: rvell, don't give up.
\c) Bob hasn't gone lishinginyearc. NorE: Ther6 is no lo belween goand lhe gerund.
tNcoRREcr: Did you 9o to showing?
344 cHAPIER 13
I Exercise 6, l€l's lolk poinirolk. (cho l3-2)
rJ?orkwith a partner. Take tums asking and adswering questions. Use the expressions with
8,o + -rzg listed in Chart l3-2.
l. Patnoa often goes to rhe beach. She spends hours in the water. lFhat does she like to do?
, She lihes b co tu;mminc.
2. Nancy and Frank like to spend the whole day on a lake with poles in their hands. what do
they like to do?
3. llst surnmer Adam went to a naEonal park. He slept in e teflt and cooked his food over a
fue. what did Adam do last summer?
4. Tim likes to go to storcs and buy things. Vhat does he like to do?
5. hura takes good care of he! health. She runs a couple of miles every day. What does
Irura do every day? (There arc two poss;ble res?onses.)
6. On weekends in the winter, Fred and Jean sometimes drive to a resort in the mountalrs.
They like to race down rhe side ofa mountain in the sDow. what do they like to do?
7. lvan likes to take long walks in the woods. w'hat does Ivan like to do?
8. Sonia prefers indoor sports. She goes to a place where she rolls a l3-pound ball at some
wooden pins. Vhat does Sonia often do?
9. Liz and Greg know all the latest dances. What do they probably do a lot?
10. TheThylors are going to go to a litde lake near thei house tomorrow. The lake is
completely frozen now that it's winter. The ice is smooth. What are the Taylors going to
do tomorrow?
I I . Mariko and Taka live near the ocean. rt(/hen tiere's a stong wind, they like to spend the
whole day in thei sailboat. What do they like to do?
12. Tourists often get on tour buses that take ihem to see interesting places ir an area. What
do tourists do on these buses?
13, Colefte afld Ben like to jump out of airylsnes. They don't open their parachutes until the
last miflute. ! hat do they like to do?
14. What do you like to do for exetcise and furp
@l fom offe.ed to lencl me some money. Some verbs are lolov.ed by an ini ntive
lb) l'vo declclecl to buy a new car lninlve=to+ll・ es″ ηρわ わ″η Ora t7eめ
﹄ 躍l
h
r
u
b b
d
c u
ny t。 visit
﹄
y
gct to
t
e
t
e
a
gO tO
345 cH^mn 13
9
My fiiend offered
0
Tommy doesn'r like broccoli. He refuses it.
1
My wife and I wanred to do different things this weekend. Finalln I agreed
e movie with her Seturday, and she egreed
the football game with me on Sunday.
' I like ro cook. I I lik. tookt,lc. tlhateto ok. tl hdt coohinc. tIdon'tmid ohits- i
I don\ enjor.ook;ry. t Etc.
2. live in this city
3. wash dishes
4. wait in airports
5. fly
f,. cat food s1o$4,Y
7. spcak in front of a laryc group
8. drilc in the cir-v du ng rush hour
g. go to parties qhere I don't knos anvone
10. Iisten to music whilc I'm rrying Io fall asleep
I l. ger in bet$'een t$o liiends lvho are haling an argumcnr
12. travcl to unusual places
348 CHAPIEP ]3
3. I think, "l canl wait (aer) out ofhere!" oR yes no
"I can't wait for this person (sro, talking." yes
l. we finished (ear)
.aryr
352 cHAPTER13
l. be interested 6. be nervous
2. be worried 7. be excited
3. thank your fiiend 8. feel
4. apologize S. plan
5. be afraid 10. be tired
with my family.
11. Monique lost her iob. That's why she is atuaid (haoe, not)
A: Intcrcsting ヽ
PЪ at are you planning
0
B: ヽ、H,we haven'tseen thc new Musculn of Spacc rt ThCrc's also a new art etthibit
354 CHAPTER 13
(a)Patturned o“ the TV by ρusわ ′
ηg the・ 0"・ button By + a gerund is used lo express how somelhing is
(b) Mary go€s to work by Dus. Ayor rfth lollowed by a noun is also used to express
(c) Andrea stirred h€r cotlee with a spoon- how somelhing is done.
by rrain by lax
by lool (or on fool) (bU″ in person)
by check(bat in cash)
by credn card
care ofherself.
4. I took my temperature
5. I sdrred cream in my coffee
6. Rebecca tightened -the screw in the corner ofher eyeglasses her fingcrnail.
7 1 called Bill``Paul''
356 CHAPTER ]3
J Exercise 27. Worm.up. (chq t3-7)
Read the passage and then agree or disagree with the srarements.
Awhite Lie
Jane gave her ftiend Lisa a book for her birthday. \X/hen Lisa opened ir, she tried to look
excited, but her husband had aheady given he, the same book. Lisa had iust fmished reading it,
but she thanked Jane and said she was lool.jng forward to reading ir- Lisa rold a "whire lie."
White lies are minor ff unimportant lies that a person often tells ro avoid hurring someone
else's feelings.
Rkting horces is lun- Examples (a)and (b) have lhe same msaning.
Itis lun lo ride horses. ln (a): A gerund (rrdino is the subject ol th€ senlence.
Nolice: The verb (ri is singularbecause a gerund is singular.r
lc) Comlng to class on time is imporlanl.
(d) ,t is imporl]anl to come ta class on ljme. ln (b): lt is used as ihe subieci ol the senlence. ,t has the same
meaning as ihe inlinnive phrase at lhe end ol ihe sentence: it
means to ficle horl'c3.
'h is also corEct (but lcss conmon) io use an infinnive as tl'e subject of a scntence: T. rrL hoy. n J,n,
n m m n
。
(a) You should study had. Exampl6s (a) and (b) have a similar m6aning.
(b) ll is amporiant for yo! to study hard. Nolico the pa(ern in (b):
(c) Mary should study had. tlla+ aclj*tive + ,or lsomeoael + kfrnitive phase
(d) ll is important for ,rary to study hard.
(e) We don'l have io go lo the meeling.
(r) ll isn t necessary for !s to go lo lhe meeting.
(g) A dog can t ralk.
{h) lt is impossible ,o, a dog lo lalk.
358 CHAPIER I3
-l Exercise 31. Loking ol gJommor. (chort l3-8)
Complete the sentences with the given information. Use./or (someone) end an infnitive
phrase in each completion.
1. Students should do their homework.
It's really important for students to da their homework
4. A fish car't live out ofwaier for more than a few minutes.
It's impossible
9. I usually can\ undertand Mr. Alvarez. He talks too fast. How abour you?
Is it easy
Body Language
Difierent cultures use difierent body language. In some countries, when people meet one
anotherJ rhey offer a strong handshake and look the other person straight in the eye. In other
countries, however, it is impolite to shake hands 6rmly, and it is equally rude to look a person in
the eye.
How close do people stard to another pe$on when rhey are speaking to each other? This
varies ftom counuy to country. In the United States and Canada, people prefer standing iust a
little less than an armt lengrh from someone. But many people in the Middle East and lttin
America like moving tn clo.er durmC a conversarion.
Smiling at another person is a universal, cross-cultural gesture. A)though people may
smile more frequently in some countries i}Ian in others, people arouod the lvorld understand
the meaning ofa smile.
Par, II. Complete the sentences with information about body larguage.
l. In some countriesJ ir is important
3. In my country, ls lmportant
4. In my country, it is impolire
360 CHAP.IER I3
-Why
did you go to ihe post offbe? ,, ordar ,o oxpresses purpose.
a b c
lw€nl to the post office ,orsome sramps. Foris also us€d lo express purpose, bul il is
I wenl to lhe post otfice to buy sone stamps- a pr€posilion and is followed by a noun
titcoBqEcf: I went to the post offic? lot lo buy some stamps. phrase, as in (d).
tNcoRREcr: I wenl to the post office lot buying some slamps.
Column A Column B
1. I call€d the hotel desk lL. a. keep their feet warm aod dry
2. I turned on the radio b. reach the top shelf
3. Andy went to Eg]?t _ . c. listen to a ball game
4_ People wear boots _. -. d. find rhe population of Malaysia
5. I looked on rhe Intemet /e. ask for an extia pillow
6. Ms. Ilrle stood on her tiptoes f. chase a mean dog away
7. The dentist moved the light closer to my face g. help her pay the rent
8. I clapped my hands and yelled h. get some flesh air and exercise
q. Maria took a walk in the park i. see the ancient pyamids
10. I offered my cousin sorne money -. i. look inro my mouth
10. My three brothe^, two sisters, and parents all came to town mv
graduation.
Car Sharing
In hundreds ofcities around the world, people can use a car without actually owning one.
It's known as car sharing.
Car sharirg works like this: people pay a fee to ioin a car-sharc organization. These
organizations have cars available in dillerent parts ofa city 24 hours a day. Members make
rcsenations for a car, and then go to one ofseveral parking lots in the city to pick up the car.
Thcy pay an hourly or daily rate for driving it- They may also pay a charge for every
mile/kilomcter they drive. Vhen they are finished, they return the car to a parking area for
someone else to use.
Car shadng works well for several reasons. Some people only need to drive occasionally.
Oftentimes, people only need a car for special occasions like moving items or taking long trips
Many people dont want the costs or responsibilities of owning a car. The car-share
organization pays for gas, insurance! cleaning, and maintenance costs. Members also don't have
to wait in line or fill out forms in order to get 3 car. They know a variery of cars will be available
when they need one.
Car sharing also benefits the enyircnment. People drive only when they need to, and fewer
cars on the road means less tEf6c and air pollution. As more and more cities become
interested in reducing traffic, car-share programs are becoming ar etrective alternative.
362 CHAPIER ]3
Par,Ir. Complete tl)e sentences with information from Part I. Use gerunds or infnirives.
l. is helpful to people who don't own a car.
PARTNER B: No. ICs too for me to pick up. How about you?
]
PAR恥 こRA: No, ['m not enough to pick one up. What about the
*Eno!s, can also forrw a non: I don\ ha@ tuney 6NEh @ t 1 thnt ear In .vcryday En8lish. !@ever, a@ar' auallv comcs
2 weaklHi Most people are taa weak ta lift a rehigerator without help.
to voice mail.
5 6■ 11/h01d
7 big/gct Rcx is
364 cHAPIER 13
J Exelcise 4I. Looking ol glommoL (Chort I3-10)
Combine each pair of sentences.
Part I. Use ,oo.
l. We can't go swimming today. [t's very cold.
(れ た
の care ofhcr cldcrly parents and her three childrcn.
9. Exercise is good for you. \(rhy don'r you rvalk up the stairs instead of (rse)
t}Ie elevator?
c Llew∫ lふ「
鍵ξ どi:11艇 鷲 t:li:illCI∬ 鳳IFi:°
uh“・
him. He needs
us time to understand the key points.
3. I arge bee colonies have 80J000 workels. These worker bees must visit 50 million flowers
one kilogramj or 2.2 pounds, ofhoney. It's easy
why "busy as a bee" is a common expression.
Uncle Ernesto
Have you ever had an embarrassing experience? My Uncle Ernesto did a few years ago
while on a business tdp in Norway.
Uncle Ernesto is a businessman from Buenos Aires, Argenti[a. He manufacturcs
equipment for ships and needs to tavel around the world ro sell his products. Ilst year, he
went to Norway ro meer \l.irh a shippirg company. Wlile he was there, he found himsetf in an
uncomfortable situation.
Ijncle Ernesto was staying ar a small hotel in Oslo. One moming, as he was gefting ready
to take a shower, he heard a knock at the door. He opened it, but no one was therc. He
stepped into the hallway. He still didn't see anyone, so he turned to go back to his room.
Unforrunately, the door was locked. This was a big problem because he didnl have his key and
he was wearing only a towel.
366 cHAPIER 13
Instead ofstanding in the hallway like this, he decided to get help at the ftont desk end
srarted walking toward the elevator. He hoped it would be empty, but it wasn't. He took a deep
breath and got in. The other people in the elevator were surprised when they saw a mao who
was wrapped in a towel.
Uncle Ernesto thought about trying to explain his problem, but uoforturEtely he didn't
know Norwegian. He knew a linle English, so he said, "Door. lrcked. No key."
A businessman in the elevator nodded, but he wasn't smiling. Another man looked at
Uncle Ernesto and smiled broadly.
The elevator seemed to move very slowly for Uncle Emesto, but it finally reached the
ground floor. He walked straight to the front desk and looked at the hotel maflager helplessly.
The hotel manager didn't heve to tmderstand any laflguage to figue out the problem He
$abbed a key and led my uncle to the nearest elevator.
My uncle is still embarrassed about this incident. But h€ laughs a lot whm he tells the story
Part II. Check (/) al n\e sentences that are grammatically correct.
l. a. Uncle Ernesto went to Norway for a business meeting.
b. Uncle Ernesto went to Norway to have a business meeting.
- Uncle Ernesto went to Norway for having a business meeting.
c.
-
2. a. - Is necessary for him to travel in order to sell his products.
b. To sell his products, he needs to travel.
- In order to sell his products, he needs to travel.
c.
-
3. a. - lnstead staying in the hall, he decided to get help.
b. Instead ofstaying in the hall, he decided to get help.
-
c. Instead to stay in th€ hall, he decided to get help.
-
4. a. - Uncle Ernesto thought about trying to explain his problem.
b. Uncle Ernesto considered about tryirg to explain his problem.
-
c. Uncle Emesto decided not to explain his problem.
-
5. a. - lt wasn't diflicult for the hotel manager figuring out the problem.
b. It wasn't difiicult for the hotel manager figure out the problem.
c.
- It wasn\ difficult for the hotel manager to figure out t}Ie problem.
-
-
Example:
tto qet
l. Ir is importanr getdeg an educalion.
13. Instead ofsetde down in one place,I'd like to travel around the world.
368 CHAPTEP 13
14 1 cn,oy tO traК l bccausc you lcarn so much abOut other countrics and cultures
(d)l kn。 ″ w"θ re n/● ●●k ls A noun clause can begin with a question wod. (S€e Chad 14-2.)
(noun Cht策 )
'A?rB. is.8rcup of..lated words. Ii does Nor conbin , subi.a and 6 !.rb.
A rlalJd is a 8rclp ofr.l.tcd words, It conbins a subj€cr md a trb.
l. Where are the Smiths living? 4. We know fiar $e! moved a month ago.
2. I don't know vrhere the Smiths are living. 5. Are thcy coming back?
3. rr(/e don'r know what city they moved to. 6. I don'r know ifthey are coming back.
370
」 Exelcise 3. Wolm-up: poirvyork. (chort l4-2)
Work with a partner. Ask and answer the questions. Makc true statements.
These question words can be used to iniroduce a noun clause: when, where, why, how who.lwhom) what
S V
tNcoFREcr: I know where does he live.
Where does he″ ve? (a)l dOnt knc w● lle′ θわe″ ves
coFPFcr: I know wherc he lives.
S V
When dld iわ ey leave? (b)Do yOu know l″ ●θn they re“ 2'
S V
What dFd s"e sa/? (C)P ease tel me,y々 ∂,She sald
S V
why ls ro,η absent? (d)I WOnder″ ″ 7om ls absθ 凛
□ □
2 8 where she is living □
b where is she living □
□ □ □ □
□ □ □ □ □ □
3 a wher€ did Nick go
b where Nick went
□ □
5 a why isYoko angry
b whyYoko is angry
V9
l. A: Why is tue hot?
B: I don't know wh:t frre i5 hot.
2 A: Wlere docs F'rank go to school?
B: I dor't know to school.
372 cHAPIER 14
7. A: Wh€n was the first wheel invented?
B: I don't know.
1l A: ヽ
PЪ o did JuliC talk to'
B:
Questions to a teacher
l. How do I pronounce this word? , Can you tell me hott I prcnounce this ztord?
2. what does this mean?
3- When will I get my glades?
4. What is our next assig2ment?
5. How soon is the next assignment due?
6. Why is this incorrect?
7. When is a good time to meet?
8. What day does the term end?
9. Why did I fail?
10. Who \{ill reach this class next ume?
3. Al ヽ
PЪ at is a lizard,
B: I donl know
C: It's Hiro's.
9. A: ofa fainbow?
\Yy'hat's at rhe end
B: What did you say, Susie?
Questions at home
r. !0here is the phone?
2. Why is the frort door open?
3. Who just called?
,r. Whose socks are on *le floor?
374 CHAPIER ]4
5. why are all the lights on?
6. There's water all over rhe floor. Whar happened?
7. What did the plumber say about the broken pipe?
8. What is the repair going to cost?
I thir*.
6. A: Ann was out lete last night, wasn\ she? Ntfhen G,,,r, ge, in'
people?
B: Honey, I dor't really understand why Gone people, 6€)
mean ro orhers. Ias difiicLrlt ro explain.
(e) I don'l know |rnerner Era E at hane lot not)- ln (e): rvterrerhas lhe same meaning as /l
'See Chai 14-l0 io! (hc us. ol,l with ar& in r€po ed speech.
つ
YEs/No QUE-rnoN: rvill Mr. Piper be at the meeting?
NouN CLAUSE: Do you know
376 CHAPTER ]d
」 Ex€rcise 12. Looking ot glommor. (cho l4-3)
Complete the noun clause in each conveftation. Use t/to intrcduce the noun clausc.
f. why
378 CHAPTER r4
sv A noun clause can be introduced bythe word ,hat
(a) I lhink that Mr Janes is a gaod teacher. ln (a): that Mr Jones is a good teachel is a noun clause.
(b) I hoDF- that you can come to the gane- ll is lhe objecl of lhe verb rnrnk
ic) Mary tealizes that she should study hardeL Ihalclauses are lrequently used as the obiects ofverbs
(d) I dteamed that I was on the top of a nountain. lhat express mental aclivily.
(e) | lhink that Mr. Jones is a gaod teacher. The word &atis oilen omitted, especially in speaking.
(1) | lhink g Mr. Janes is a good teachel Examples (e)and (f)have the same mean ng.
5. I trust Linda. I believe what she said. I believe she told the tuth.
(a) I m sure thatlhe bus stops here. Ihar'clauses can follow certain expressions with
lb) | m gla.l thatyouteleeling betler loday. be + adjective ot be + pasl panbiple-
(c) I m sorry thal I missed class yesterday.
The word lhel can be omitled wilh no change in meaning:
ld) | was disappointed thatyou couldn't come.
l'n sure AJ the bus stops here.
(e)″ lS t″ eめ a′ the wo‖ 0峰 子 ound 昴″o common expresslons folo″ ed by● l・ a● clauses arei
(r)″ lS a rac′ thatthe wond s round ″た・ lyθ (r・ ar)
′ a力 c,(fhat)
`お
Common Expressions Followed by That-clauses'
be akaid that be disappointed that be sad that be upsetthat
be angry lhal be glad lhal be shocked that be wor ed that
be happy lhal be sorry that
be lucky rhar be sure that tis a lactthat
be surpr sed that tis true that
B: So do I. I'm surprised Andrea didn't get the job. I think she is more qualified.
4 A: Are you aware you have ro pass rhe English test to get into the university?
380 cHAPTER 14
5. Are,vou surprised dinosaurs lived on earth for one hundred and twenty-five milion
(125,000,000) years?
6. Is it true human beings heve lived on earth for only four million (4,000,000) yeals?
massage natufopathy
hlpnosis mediotion yoga
Par, II. Complete the sentences with words from the list. Use noun clauses. Discuss vour
sentences widl other students.
l l bclieve/tllink is usetul for
2. I am certain
l. I am not convinced
2. A: Is Ben marryinsTara?
B: I hope not.
a. Speaker B sa,r Ben is not going to marryTara.
b. Speaker B doesn't know if Ben is going to maryTara.
c. Speaker B doesn't want Ben to marry Thm.
0 0 0
(e) Did you lal the test? Negalive usage of hope in conversalional responses:
lhope nO,
h le): I hope not = I hope I didn't,ailthe test.
tNcoRRECf: I d1n't hope so-
(f) Do you want lo come wilh us? Olher common conversalional responses:
Oh, ldon't know, lguess so I guess so- lguess not-
I suryose so- I suppose not-
NorE: ln spoken English, srrppose often sounds llke
382 cHAPTER 14
2. A: Arc we going to have a grammar test tomorrow?
B: I don't believe so.
3. A: lrill Margo be at the conference in March?
B: I hope so.
(d) Mike said, "Yes, I aEee. Theyle gracelul and When lhere ar6lwo (or more) senlences in a
playrul. Do you have a cal?'r quolalion, pul lhs quotalion marks al the beginning
/llcaqREcr: Mike said, "Yes, Iagrce- "fheyle and €nd o,lhe whols quote, as in (d).
\e)
gtacelul and playlul" "Do you have a cat?" Do Nor pui quotalion marks arcund each senlsnco.
As wilh a period, pul th€ quolation marks altor a
question mark al th€ end ol a quote.
(l) "cals are lun to walch,tt Jane said. ln (0: Notice thal a comma (nol a period) as used at
(g) "Do you have a cal?') Mike asked. the end ol lhe ouorED SENTENCE because Jr[e 3rld
comes atter lhe quots.
ln (g): Nolice lhal a queslion mark (not a comma) is
used al ihe end o, ihe ouorED ouEsTroN.
'orh.r comdon Erbs beides,a, thar int oduc.qu6tions: adnn,onnoune,oM,uh,mlbia,., ah,,t9vi4,tu 06,dilr,tholt,
6. JorrN F. KEITNEDY: Ask not what your country can do for you. Ask what you can do for
yOur country
384 cHAPIER 14
tr Exercise 27. Looking ol grommor. (chod I4-7)
A teacher recently had a conversation with Roberto. Practice punctuatrng their quoted speech-
(TEACHER) You know sign longuoge, don'l you I osked Roberto,
(RoBERro) Yes, I do he replied bolh my grondporenls ore deof.
(TEACHER) l'm looklng for someone who knows sign longuoge. A deof student s
going to visil our closs next Mondoy I soid. Could you interpret for her I
osked.
(RoBERro) l'd be hoppy to he onswered. ls she going lo be o new student?
(TEACHER) Possibly I soid. She's interesled n seeing whot we do in our English
closses.
A shon time larer, rhe seventh egg hatched. But this duclding had gray feathers, not
brown like his brorhels, and was quite ugly. His mother thoughr, "Maybe this duck isn't one of
mine." He grew faster than his brothcrs and ate more food, He was very clumsn and none of
the other animals warted to play with him. Much of the time he was alone.
He felt unlovcd by cveryone, and he decided ro run away fiom thc farm. He asked other
animals on the way, "Do you how of any ducklings rhai look like me?" But they iust taushed
and said, "You are the ugliest duck we have cver seen." Ore day, the duckling looked up and
sa$ a group ofbeautitul birds overhead. They were white, with long slender necks and large
wings. The duckling thought, "I want to look jusr like them."
He wandered alone most ofthe winter ard finally found a comfortable bed ofrceds in a
pond. He thought to himself, "No one wanrs me. l'll just hide here for rhe resr ofmy life-"
There was plenry of food rherc, and although he was lonely, he felr a litde happier.
Pal, II. li(/ork in small groups and answer this question: What lessons does this srory teach?
Par, /lL Vrite a story that includes quoted speech. Choosc one of these topics:
1- Write a fable* fiom your country in which animals speak.
2. \Vrite a story that you learned when you were young.
Kathy and Mark said th^t we I the! didn't like oarl,iar new apartment.
386 CHAPIER 14
QUOTED SPEECI] ouoTEo SPEEoH = giving a speak€ls exacl words, Ouolalion marks
(a) Ann said, ',m hunsry.'
(b) Tom said,"/reedmypen.'
REPOFTED SPEECI] REPoBTED SPEECH = givinq lhe idea ol a speake.S v/ords. Not all oi lhe
(c) Ann said (lhat) sl,e rrs hungry. exacl words are used;pronouns and verb lorms may change.
Quotaiion marks are Nor used.r
(d) Tom said (lhat) l,e reeded h's pen.
Irrrl is oplional; il is more common in writing lhan in speaking.
'Qaotut rpech i ate.El] d.li$t tti@h, R.?orte<l tpeqh is.ko ccllcd inniftd 3?...h.
- Mr. Smith said that ---tL needed help with ---.ItL luggage
4. Rick said to us, "l'll meet you at your house after I finish my work at my house."
flnishcd
Ann said,'l am hungry." ln inlormal English, otlen lhe verb in lhe noun clause
(e) did Ann jusl say? ldidn't hear her is nol changed to a pasl lorm, especially when wods
-What are reported soo, afterthey arc said, as in (e),
She said (lhat) she is hungry.
-
(l ) What did Ann say when she gol home lasl night? ln laEr repotting, hc,Nevet, or in lormal English, a
She said (ha0 she was hungry. pasl verb is commonly used, as n (l).
-
(g) Ann says {lhat) she is hungry ll the reporl ng verb is presenl tense (e.9., says), no
change is made in ihe noun clause verb.
388 cHAPTER 14
」 Exercise :Xl. Looking ol grommor. (chods r4-8 ond I il-9)
Change the quoted speech to reported speech. Change the verb in quoted speech to a pasr
form in reported speech ifpossible.
l. Jim said, "I'm sleepy."
+ Jin sait (that) he was
2. Kristina said, "I don\ like'bept.
chocolate."
3. Carla said, "I'm planning to take a trip with my family."
4. Ahmed said, "I have already eaten lunch."
5. Kate said, "I called my docror."
6. Mr. Rice said, "I'm going to go to Chicago."
7. Pedro said, "I will be at your house at ten."
8. Emma said, "I can't afrord to buy a new car."
9. Olivia says, "I crn't afford to buy a new car."
10. Ms. Acosra said, "I want toyou in my office
see
after your meeting with your supervisor."
(a) Kay saidthat' sho,,vas hungry A main verb that introduces repo(ed speech is called
(b) Kay told rne that sho was huogry a"repo.ling verb." Sry is lhe mosl common reporling
(c) Kay rord Iom that she was hungry. verb.t and is usually followed immediatoly by a noun
NCaRRE)T: Kay rold that she was hungry- clause, as in (a).
tNcaRREcf: Kay told lo me that she was hungty. Telis also commonly used. Nol6 thal tord is lollowed
tNCaRREcr: Kay sad me that she was hungry. byrrein (b) and by IoD in (c).
,e/ needs to be lollowed immediately by a (pro)noun
objeci and lhen by a noun clause.
(d) ouorED: Ken asked me, are you lired?" Asleat is used lo repon queslions.
UEPoFTED: Ken ,sted (me) ,r l was iired.
le) Ken wantecl to know il I was tied- Oueslions are also reported by ustng want to know,
Ken wonde.e.l ll I was tned. wonclaL and inqune.
Ken inquned whethet u not I was iired.
ouorEo: I said (lo Kay), 'l am nol lired" The verbs ,16rl€I and ,epry ars otlen used lo reporl
aEpoRrED: I answerc.! | rcplied lhal I wasn l tired,
4 ヽνilliam tharlhadamessage.
7. I had a short conversation with Alice yesterday. I her that I would help
her mor,e into her new apafiment next week- She that she would welcome
the help Shc me if I had a rruck or kne\r' anyone who had a truck. I
her Dan had a truck. She shc、 vould call hm■
8. My uncle inToronlo called and that he was organizing a surprise parry for
mv arnCs 60rh birthdar He me if I could come toToronto for the par+
him thai I would be happy to come. I when it was. Hc
it was tle last weekend in August.
J Exercise 36. Lefs lolk poinyork. (choft 5-2, r4-2, ril-3, ond l4-lo)
lurork wirh a parrner. Write down five questions ro ask your parmer about his/her life or
opioions. Interview your partner and write down the answers. Then report to the class some
ofthe information you found out about your partner. Include borh the question and the
response. Use either formal or informal verb forms.l
Exan?les:
SluDEi'r A's question: Where were you born?
STUDENT B's response: h Nepal-
STUDEN"T A's report: I asked him where he was born. He said he was born in Nepal.
'ln d!.yday spot n EDalLh, ErjE rpcarG sm.dE6 chm8. fomrM.td loe cLuE Ern6 b pter fota, .nd $D.tim6
in.y doD\. I! e inforul r.9ortins siNation such as in &is .rftisc, .ith.r infomavi@diat rcponiq or rcporrrg tca.3
3m CHAPTER 14
」 Exelcise 37. Looking ol grommor. (choft l4-8 -.) 14-10)
Complete the paragraph based orl what the people in tle pictue are sayng. Use the formal
sequence of tenses.
One day Katya and Pavel were at a restaunnt Katya picked up her menu and looked at it.
Pavel lef! his menu on the table. Katya asked Pavel whaL he wa5 Oolnl to have . He said
I
anytiins because he
QuorED SpEEcH: Thie mornin1 my mother aai4, "Did you 6et enou1h aleeP laet ni1htT'
'1'm finc," I replied. "l dok't need a lat of eleeP."
qhe 5aia, "You nee) to take better carc of yourgelf."
1 In fie middle ofclass yesrerday, my friend tapped me on the shoulder and asked me what I
was doing after class. I told her that I would tell her later.
2. When I was putting on my coat, Robet asked me where I was going- I told him that I had
a date with Anna. He wanted to know what we werc going to do. I told him that we were
going to a movie.
392 cHAmR 14
Sadly, in 2008, Randy Pausch died. Before his desth he was 6ble ro put down his thoughts
in a book, appropriately called The Las, Lecture.
Ibrt Ir.Work in small groups. Make sure the members of your group understand each
quotation in Part I. Then, individually, choose one ofrhe quotes to agee o! disagree with.
Use some of these phrases and suppor! your statement with reesons.
7. Is true that people ar€ basically rhe same everylvhere in the world.
10. Sam and I talked about his classes. He told thet he don't lik€ his algebra class.
I l. A woman came into the room and ask me Where is your brother?
12. I felt very relieved when the doctor said, you will be fine. ft's noihing serious,
(b)lwas noi hungry al li00 P.M. The pAsr pEFFEcr expresses an aclivity
I had aieady eaten. \ha\ occurred belore another time ]n
︵
X︶一●ゝ〓●L
395
(a) I wrs est ng when Bob came. The PAsr PRoGaEsslvE elpresses an
activity lhal was i/, progress at a
OF一
Wrticulat lme in lhe past-
一0ル●^一
Past Perfect (b) I r'ad erte, when Bob came. The pasr pEBFEcr express€s an aclivily
lhalwas completed belorc a particulat
勁●〓●。 一
つ。工′¨
(a)I Was cold yesterda, stl″ cold today we st′ ″need to Slil, = A silualion continues lo srasl lrom
wear coats pasl io presenl wilhoui change. slr,, is
The maildid6l com6 an hour ago. The srll′ hasn used rn either atlirmaiive or negalive
Posilion: mids6nloncor
I lived in Chicago iwo y€ars ago, but ihen I moved to another Aaymor. = A pasl silualion does not
cily. I don t live in Chicaqo rrymore. conlinue to €xisl at prgsenli a pasl
situation has chang6d. Arryfiorchas lhe
same meaning as any /ongeL atrymote is
used in n6galiv6 s6nl6nc6s.
Posilion: end o, ssntsncs
rsee Chart l-3,p. 10. A nidsentence advdb
(l) DEcedes a simpr. Dr6.ni tItl: v4 ttiU need b wat.NB.
(2) @, @r,: h it
follovs az, ,i, ae,
(3) coocs 6.M..n a h.lpins verb md'titl.od.
. mzi. v.rb: B.b hG atea.rt a*i@.l
(,I) pr.ced.s . Dcsrtivc h.lpins r.tv Ann ttiu he't m..
(5) follo$s th. slbi.ct in. q!6ion: Ho@ 3bu.rftddt wnthd ndn?
396 APPTNDIx
EUSeS*
conclud€ lhal guess that prelend that sholv that
imagine ihai suspectthat
learlhal indicate lhal recognize lhal teach that
figurc oul lhal rcgret lhal
find oul that reveal lhat
be proud that
b€ horriried lhal be terri ed that
be aslounded lhat be impressed lhat be thrl ed that
be delighied that
be posilivo that
(a) We ρu`ο ″Ourt10 We11 9o neXt month instead orthis ln (a): pd olt = a phrasal velb
month (ρ υ′0″ ="S● A pFraAs L = a verb and a particl€ lhal
vERa
'nel
(b) 」imm´ ρu:On yOur cOat belore you go OutdOOrs logother have a specialmeaning. For example.
(ρ υ!ο η‐ρlaCe cro′ゎ
es οηOne3 aス pul off moans'poslpono.'
We put ott an trip. = (vb + partlcle + NouN) (1) Iollow lhe parlicls, as in (e), oF
1 9
We put aur iip ott. = (vb + NouN + particle) (2) come between (s6parale) lhe verb and
We put it olt. = (vb + pRoNouN + particle) lhe particle, as in (l).
ll a phrasalvelb is s€parable, a pFoNouN oBJEcr
comes between th€ vsrb and lhe panlcle. as rn (g).
tNcoRRECf: we put oll it.
"わ
l an lnfoわ い = (vb + lErtlcle + PFoNcuN)
tNcoRRECf: I hn Elob inlo-
tNcoRRECr: lran hih inlo-
Phrasat verbs: Intransitive Some phrasalverbs are inlrans iive; i e.. ihey are
not lollowed by an object.
The machane brcke down
Three-\\i,rd I'hr sal \!rbs Some two-word velbs (e.9., drop in) can becone
lhree-word verbs (e.9., d/op ln or).
398 APPENDTx
A
a3k out = ask (someooe) lo go on a dale gel over = reco\,€r Jrom an illness or a shock
get togeiher (wlth) : join, meet
blow oul :
exiinguish (a match, a candle) gel through (wlth) : finish
brc6k down :
stop lunctioning prcperly gel up = get oul of bed in lhe morning
breakout : happen suddenly give away = donate, gel rid ol by giving
brgak up : separale, end a rslalionship glve back = relurn (something) lo (someone)
brlng teck = relurn give up - quit doing (something) orquil trying
brlng up : (1) raise (childr€n)
go on - conlinue
(2) mention, slart lo lalk about
go b.ck 0o) = relurn lo a place
C call back = return a telephone call
go oul = nol slay home
go ove. (io) = (1) approach
(2) visit anolher's home
cell on = ask (someone)to speak in class
call up : make a lelephone call
grow up (ln) = become an adull
eat oul = eat oulside ol ones home lay oll = siop employmenl
lesve on = (1) nol iurn off (a lighl, a machine)
l.ll down = fallto the ground (2) not iake ofl (clolhing)
tlgurc out : ,ind lhe solulion lo a problem look lnto = invosligate
llllin = complete by w ting in a blank space look ovsr = axamine carelully
tlll out : write inlormation on a lorm look out (lor) = be carelul
,lll up : fill complelely wilh gas, water, collee, look up = look lor informalion in a dictionary,
a telephone direclory, an
flnd oui (aboul) : discover inlormation encyclopedia, etc.
(continuedl
3€t out (ior) = begin a lrip turn doun = decrease lhe volume
Bhut olt = slop a machine or a lighl, lurn oll tuan olf = slop a machine or a lighl
sign up (tor) : put oneb name on a llsl iurn on = slarl a machine 0r a light
show up = come, appear iurn over = lurn lhe lop side lo the bottom
sitamund (with) = sil and do nolhing lurn up = increase the volume
slt back = put ones back agansl a chair bacl
xral(euP = slop sleeping
slt down = go lrom slanding io sining
ftitch oul (ior) = ta carelul
spaak up = speak louder
3tand up = go from silling lo sianding
wllte dorn = wnt€ a not6 0n a piece ol paper
start over = b€gin agai6
stay uP = not go to bed
I DGRCISE I.
looking dt grommor. (chorts B-l ond B-2)
Underline the second part ofthe phrasal verb in each sentence.
l. I picked q a book and started to read.
4OO APPENDIx
」 EXERCISE 2. looking ol glommqr. (cho s B-t ond B-2)
Check (/) the correct sefltences. In some cases, both are correct.
⑩¨N
Complete the sentences with parricles and rhe pronouns ,? or ,rrern. If the ptuasal verb is
separable, circle sEp. Ifir is nonseparable, circle NoNSEp.
l. cold. ,lcot
E E
P P
I got over my over ]L
o
N
s
E
P
2. I made up the story. , I made
¨
3. I put offmy homework. , Ipur
¨
4. I wrote down the numbers. > I wrore
NoTE: See the Frdamentuk of English Grumnar Wothbook appendjx fot more practice
exercises for phrasal verbs.
ADJ + PBEP At, from, of, on, and lo arc examples ol prepositions.
(a) Ali is aDsert from class loday. Preposilions are oiten combined wilh adjectives, as in (a), and velbs,
V + PBEP as in (b).
This book belongs lo me.
belong lo
be bored with / by
borrow (someth,ro lrom (someore)
teel like
c fill (somethiag) wath
G
gei rid of
be gone lrom
De good ,or
graduale from
D
depend on {someone) for (somefhing)
bs dependent on (someore) lot lsonethingl
402 APPENDIx
H
happen lo prolecl (lrrs) lrom (lhat)
t'e happy about (somelhirg)
be hapry lot lsomeonel prcvide (so/reon6) wilh
hear about / of (somethlrg, lrcm lsomeonej
help (someore) with (somelrhg) o
hide lsonelhingl ltofi (someone) be qlalilied lor
be hungry for
R
be interesled in
introduce (someone) to (som6one)
inyile (soneonel lo lsomethini
s
K
T
look like
talk about (somelhing)
IIJI talk lo / with (someore) about (sonethinolJ
tell (someore) about (somel,tirg)
be terrilied of / by
lhank \someone\ lot lsomethingi)
lhink aboul / of
mu[ipry (lh,s) by (rE|
N
translate from (ore /anguage) to \anothet)
U
o
be patient wiih
,e pleased wilh / about
play wilh
poinl at
NOTE: You may wanr ro paus. rh. .udio after each ireE or in longs passases so rh rhcrc b enough rime ro
Exercise 6, D. 5.
Chopi.r l: haadrl Ylm. l. lroe dsignr vid€o games.
2. Sh€ is wo.kinS on s ncw project.
Exercise l, p. l. 3. She is sittiry in ftont ofh.r comput.r.
sAM; Hi. My name is Sam. 4. She speods her weekends ar thc office.
LlsA: Hi. I'm Lisa. Itt nice ro meer you. 5. She's finishing plans for a ncw samc.
sAM; Nicc to meel you roo. Where arc you ftom?
usA: l'm from Boston. Howaboutyou?
sAM: I'rn nom Quebec. So, how long have you been
Exercise 9, p, 6,
usA: Just oDe day. I still have a lhrle jer las. A ,rcbbn uith th. ptintd
stuv: Me roo. I gor in yesterday morning. So we treed ro l. Does ir need more paper?
ask each other abour a hobby. \Irhar do you like ro 2. Dos ir havc cnouSh int?
do in you. fiee rime? 3. Ar€ you fixiry it yoursclf?
usA: I spend , lor ofrime ouidoon- I love to hike. 4. Do you kDw how io fix ir?
wlten l'D indoo6. I like to su.f rhe tntemet. 5. Do w. haE oothe. prinr.. in rh. ofhce?
s.tu: Me too. I'm srudyin8 Iralim righr now. There are 6. Hlt]tm. ls ir hy im.gination or is ir msHlg a
a lot of good wcbsires ior learning lansuages on rhe
Exencise 5r p. 4.
Lunch at the tsiE Station Exercise 24, p. 15,
Il\ I2: t0. and th. firefighrei, are tra ing for thetr nerr
call. They a.e taking thek lunch bre.k. Ben, Rita, and 2. lishes
Jada are sittinA ar ! ublc in ihc lir.3rarion. Their co-
worker Bruno h makin8 lunch for theD. He is an 12. buys
excellenr cook. He often mak.q lunch. He h 6xhs (picy 13. enjols
chickcn and.ic.. Their capiain isnl eaiins. He is doiDg
pap.nork. He skips lunch on busy days. He worts in
hjs oflice .nd finishes his papeNork.
405
′∞
k fie rent going to b. cheaper in that ea? 1 . Your prescriprion'll be ready in t.n minutes.
A
Y.s, aFrrm.nr ren$ are dcfnit ly going to be 2. The medici.e'll make you f..l a hde rned.
I The pha@acisCll.aU your docror's o6c..
Exercise 33, p. 73. 10. I wanted ro be famous once. Have you ever . . . I
Ok!y, leis all opd ou forrun. cookid. 4 Igowl Ou ord.r's h6e .lread,
Iflhat do.s yoE say? 5 Excts. m€, I 6ink ou waiie.'s forgotten our order.
A
Minc 43,s, "You wil reiE 6 u.rp..t d sift." Crrcar! 6 Acrudly, your w.ird's jtBi gon€ home si.k. I'll rsk
AE you plaming ro gii! n. a gift soonl
Mika is a !uNe. She is interviewing for a job with the 4 My cousins've lived in the ssme tow! all their
manager of . hospiial emergency room. He is looking at
her resume and askinS her some getreral questions. 5 You slept lere- Your ftiend's already Sorren up aDd
Ir looks like you've done a lot of rninss
since you became a nurse. 6. Mv fiiends've planned a soing away parry for me.
Yes,I've worked for a medical cljnic. I've I'm moving back to my hometowD.
worked in a prison. I've worked in several 7. I'm afraid your work's been gerring a little sloppy.
area hospitals. And I've done volunrcer 8. Mytuommate\ raveled a lot. She\ visited many
work at a communiry health center for ditrer.nr .ounrnes.
low-income patienrs.
心ヨ■ RVIBFER: Verr good. Bur,ler me ask youi why have
you chDged jobs so oftcn? Exercise 3.1, p. 103.
,■ lKA: Vell,I like having new challenses and Toda! \ lY'earhet
ditreienr *periences. The weather has cerrainly becn chaDging today.
INTERViEヽ VER: vhv have you applicd for this job?
Boy, whar a davl We've already had rain, wind, hail,
Well,I'm lookins fo! something more fast- and sun. So, what's in store for tonisht? As you have
pacedj and l've been interested in working
probably seen, dark clouds have been building. \ve
in M E.R. for long time. l've heard that
a
have a wearher system moving in rhar is goins to bring
dis hospirsl provides grear raining for its colder tempe.atures and hiSh winds. we've been
statr, and it otres exceuenrpaden! care.
srjrns rll $eek rhar thi. \y\rem F comrng. and it
ぶ ■Eヽ ■D"TR: Thankyou for comins in. I'll call,ou
looks like ronig.hr is itl We've eveD seen snow down
nexr week with our decisio..
south ofus, and we could get some strow hele too.
・ vllle: II was good to meel you. Thank ).u for So hang onio your harsl w'e may havc a rough nishi
6. lfh.rct Simon? H.s he left? Who\ the womd in dle pu.ple jacker?
6
7. Thc price seems high. Does ir include rhe rd? Whose cabin de vou ar?
,
10 A: Are you no lo thc .rcd
Simple Past
B: Yes, I moved herE last month. My coEpany
a. Paul weDr ro Indonesia, di.lnt he?
b. You didnl talk to the bos, did you? A: Oh, so what do you dol
c. Ted's parents weren't at home, wee they?
d. Thar was Part idea, wasnl it?
Exercise 62, p. 143.
3 PGent PioeressiE, Ir Ga;c'lb, dd Past ProsBsiE
a- You're studyin8 hard, arenl you? otuloine ot a lae-ltud t*@utunt
b. creg isnl wo.kins at the bank, is h€? Cashi.ri So, what'I it be?
c. [t isl8oin8 to rain today, is iI? Cusromcr; I'I have a burs.r.
d. Micheue aDdYoko wer. helping,werenl they? Cashier: Woutd you lit. frics o. s salad with your
e. He wasnl listenins, was he?
4 I'U have ftis-
a. It has been warmer iho usuer, hastrl n? Cashier:
b. You'r had a lot ofhomewo.k, havent you)
c. We haven't spent ruch time iosether, have we?
d. Farima has sta(ed he. new job, hasnl she? I'U har a @illa shq|-
e. Btuo hesnl finished his sales report ye., has he? Cashier: Sizel
f. Steve\ had to le.ve euly, hasn't he?
vmil.
OIay. So that's a burger, Fies, shake.
About how long'll it take?
Exercise 59, p, 142. Cashier: Ve're preFy crowded right now P.obebly I 0
Chechiis in a, o hotel minutes orso. ThaCIIbe $6.50. You
l. You hrye ou ldePltion, doot you? numb€rt on the receipt. I'U call the 6umb.r
2. We haE a non*moking r@n, don\ wc? when you orde.\ r.5dy.
3- Thft's r viN of th. ciry, isnt rhere)
4. I didDl siE you rny credit c{d yer, did I?
5. The rcoE Er. d@snt include rax, does it?
6. BreaKast is includ.d in the pnce, nght?
7. Check{ut dme's noon, isn\ it?
8. Youdonl have a pool, do you? Choplel6: Nouns ond Pronouns
9. Thde are hair dryers in .he rooms, arenl there)
いい
10. Kids uen t.Iowcd in rhe hot rub, ar€ theyi Exercise 6, p. 149.
5
l. h.t
6
Elephants have very large ears. When they are hot, Exercise 59, p. 17?.
they can flap their huge eas- The flapping ear acts like a A: Iqhri do you do when youte feeling lonely?
fan and it cools them. Elephants ako like to roll in the B: I so somcplace where I can be around odErpeople.
EveD if lhey are stiangets, I feel bette! when there
are others around me. How about You?
A: Thsr doesn\ work for me. Fo. example, ifl'm
Exercise 36, p. 163. feelins lotrely and I so io a movie by oyself,I look
A: I'm looking for a dew place ro live. allthe odrer people who are fiere with their
friends and familn and I start to feel even loDelicr.
A: My lwo roommates are moving out. I cant aflord So I try ro find other rhinss to do ro keep myself
my.parrmenr. I need a one bedtoom. busy- 'lfteD I'm busy,I donl feel lonely.
B: I jusrhelped a ftiend 6nd one. Icanhelpyou. VThar
else do you wani?
A: I wani ro be near the subway . . . within $alking Chopier 7: Modol Auxlllories
distance. Bur I want a quiel locaiion. I doDt want
to be on a busy street.
B A B A
Exercisc 3, p. 179.
A small balcony would be nice. 1 I have to 8o downiown lomorow.
2. You musr fasrcn your seat belr.
Yeah. I guess I'm dreaming. 3. Could you please open t-he window?
Okay! Bur it\ so hud. relephone numbo, rwice. You c.n write "same as
Yeah, but I k'ow you caD do n. Jusi 8o slowly.
Cla$ is almosr ovd. Can you meet me .fte. school All sp€lling hss to b. correcr.
B【 weu, I can't neet )ou right afte. school, bul how Exeicise 45, p.201.
6- SubEact 250.
3. A: Mom, can I tEve som. candy?
B: No, but yo! c& hrve an apple. Exercise 50, p. 204.
4. A: What are you doing rhis weekend? A: Why don\ we go dqnciDs tonight?
B: I donl know yer. I may go snowboarding with B: I don\ ldow how to dance.
fflend(. or I ruy cy ro fix my motorcycle. A: Oh. Then why don\ w. go Io a movie?
5. May I hav..v.ryon.'s altenrion? The tesr is about B: I donl lik movies.
to begin. lfyou need ro le.ve the rcom durins th. A: You donl like movies?l
esmination, ple$e nis€ your hed. Yo! m.y not B: No.
leave rhe r@m sirhout asting. A.e there any A: Well then,leas so to a restauEnt for dinner.
questiont No? Then you m.y open you. tesr B: Thafs a mste ofmoney.
booklers and besin. A: Nlell, you do what you want tonight, bur I'm goiDs
to go oul and have a good time.
Exercise 17, p. 186.
i:、
No,I checked- The print.r tntmissins a co.d.
It mighr be for one of rhe ldd\ toys. Ⅲ Ⅲ {fr iツ raだ
Ye.h, I could ast. Bur dl.y donl have many A few days ago, a ftiend and I were drivins fiom
Benrotr Halbor ro Chicago. rve didn\ h.v. lny del.ts for
B: I have an ider. [t may b. for rhe.ell phone. You rhe fiBr hour. bur se r.n into some highway conqtru.tion
know-rhe one I had before lhis one. ne.. Chicaso. The ft.mc wasD't moviDg. My ftiend and
A B
I ber rhals it. We c probably thbw rhis our. I sar and weired. w. ralked about ou iobs, our families,
lwell,lefs be sue beforc we do rhat. aDd rhe rerible rraffic. Slowly ii siaftd to move.
5. A: I didn't like the movie. I have twin sisres. They are older dlan me.
6
2.d 5.e
3.b Chapter 9, Exercise 25, p,243,
2. Indonesia has more volcanoes thd Japan.
Chapter 6, Exercise 18, p. 154. 3. Satuin has more moons thanvenus.
1. Georgia, Azerbaiju, KszaihsrD, Chinr, Mongolia 4. S.o Paulo, Bruil, has more people dun New
York Cir_v.
5. Finland has morc islands than Greece.
4. The Dominicm Republic, Cuba, Pudto Ricq 6. Nepalhas more mouDrains than Switzerland.
Jamaica
5. kos,Thananq Cambodia, China 7. A bdana has mole susar ihd an apple.
6. (Anw iU uOL) 8. The dark meat of a chicken has more fat than the
white meat of a chicken.
421
Chapter 10, Exercise 21, p.271.
423
B double (tha more . . . ,lE ,nore), 245
with modifiers, 240
Be:
with oouns, 242
in questions, 20
rcpeered (morc and more), 244
simple past (uat, uere), 26
Comparisons,229 257
simple present (dn, ,.r, ar€), 3
as . ,. as,229
Be aboua to, 7 5
Be + adjecdve, 160, 2?l compa$tives (morsl-er) , 233, 235, 246
sane, simihL diferent, like, alike, 252
followed by tl,zFclause (am sony that), 3A0
superlativ$ (zostl-est), 233, 235, 246
Becaule, 221 , 223
Belore, 48,68, l0A,153 Coniunctions (an4 , r, ot, so),20a,210,212
Be goinA to, 55 56 Consonants, l4/r.
\s. uiA, 65 Continuous verbs (sEE Progressive velbs)
Be + ins (blrLar eatins), 3,42 Contractions ofverbs:
Belieoe so, 382
hasrl't, haoen't, 87
8" + past perticiple (6e imerested in),259,271 isn\, aren't, )
(sEE Ar-so Passive)
followed by noufl clauses (be t oftied that), m&tm'\ 195
380 shoudn\, I9o
Be sur$rosed to, 285 uasn't, uerell't, 26
zuont, 60
Better:
and best, 235
haue, has, 94
had betkr, 178, l9l zuill, 60
Uhe... betet,204
Be used to/accratofred to, 282 with pronouns:
Bu,,2lO,212,214 am, i, are, 3
Bt: ,ad, 108, l9l
follo$ledby -iLs (by dltirls), 155 hoo., has, 87 , 94
with passive (6y-phrase), 258,265 will, 60
with reflexive pronoun (by nJsef), 169 anM, 189,204
vs. uith, 355
with question words, 134
uho\ vs. uhose, t25,336h.
use of, 134
c Could,ll9
Car.,178 past abiliry, I80
abiliry, 180 in polite questions, 187, 189
permission, 182 possibiliry, presentlfu ture, 184
polite question, 1871 189 Count/noncount nouns, 292 317
Capitalization, 208, 3l 7 noncount nouns, 292-293,295, 3OO, 302
Clauses, defined, 48r. , 32Vn., 37oJn. (sEE
ALso Adjectii,e clauses; Adve.b clauses;
,rclausesj Noun clause$Time clauses) D
Commas: Dependent clsuse, defined, 321r. (sEE Ar-so
with adverb clauses, 48, 221 Adjective clauses; Adverb clauses; Noun
in connecting ideas: clsuses)
with and, 20a; Difietent ltorn, 252
with 6zt and o,", 2 1 0 Direct speech (sEE Quoted speech)
vs. periods, 208 Dist^nce (& . . . from, hfl) lar), l3l
in quoted speech, 384 Do as main verb in &rar-questions, l2l
li a senes,210 Does, do, did:
Comparatives (rnorel-"r), 233, 235, 239 n neeative (I don'r .. .),3,26
q'ith adiectives and advelbs, 235 with hau to, 195
424 rNDEx
in questlons(Dld,り lr …う,3,26,111,114 Ge, + adiective/past participle (get hungry, get
1nth励 ■ 121 tiru.d),27A
in short ans■ crs(%s′ aの ,20,26,111 Ge, used tolocc1t-taorraed ,o, 282
Double comparatlves(″ ′,ω ″ ら″を レの ,245 Go + ins (so shop?;ng), )44
Gonna (going ro), 56
E
Ed(α∫ た ちク1のCa),26,31
“
past partldplc,31,81
H
aS adiCCtlVC(aω Ⅲ S″ ′ θ71),276 Habitual past (rred ,o do sonething), 52
`ん Had:
prOnuncla● on,39
spelling,29 conEacted with pronouns, l9l
屋 セ″ら 216 io past perfect (Sia lrad already eakfl), loa
E“ oふ 、364 Hod beatat (You'd beu2t studlr), l7a, l9l
Er′ andで s`′ Ilorre, auxiliary in present perlect (Thqt hat:e
Eυθ o心 、223 "4o31.233,235,239
"4o7● eatzn), A7
"″
Eυ ら 10,90 progressive vs. non-action, l?
Eυ9μ 158 in questions, main verb, 112r.
Exprcssions of qlland,(∫ ο
″ら″aゆう, Haoe goa ao, 178,193
297,306 Haare to, 178,191
do not hal,Y to, 191
Helping verbs (sEE Auxiliary verbsi Negauves;
F Questions; individual items)
Faら ″ιdら α7o4240 Holte so, 382
■αrr4er肛 235 Holt, 127 , 137
""aら
)ル ω′
(a)洵 屹 297 holt about, 138
For(purposO(r,′ ,″ ιs"κ ヵγ″あ り,361
“
Forand “ Siの
J“ cο (tlnc)(′ `み
ed力 r“ ουω S), hoe la\ t3t
83,90,94,98 hoe lons, 132
Foγ ο
(∫ ″′ο tO dO(Sο ″ D,With tt(■ お hou many (times), 129
"の `j/1:η
lapa″ α″ルr″ ″∫ あ),358 hdo mu.h, 297,1OO
Frequcnw: “ =“ hou often, 129
ad“ 【bs("り の ら ∫ο″θrlZ“ ),10
cxpressions(α あら ツ alン ),129
`“
qucst10ns about,wiぬ あα〃のレη,129 I
Fγ っ解 … Ⅲら to exprcss distance,131
Fuli stop lpcriOd),20助 磁 {r-clauses, 68
expressing future time in, 68
Futurc umc,55-77
as noun clauses, 370, 389
0`gO171gゎ and w4 50,60,65
h1/Ciauscs,68 Il/ttthethet in nou'n clauses, 376) 389
immediate(レ αあ Immediate future (0. aDo,.rt !o), 75
),75
“`″
in dme clauses(Bψ ″力 ″ ″ ″
Imperative sentences (.Sr@/), 200
…),
68 ``ο `ら `“ ,r, as prcposition of time, 156
rNDEX 425
Informadon questions, I I I Much, d lot, far, 240
-lng: Musa,178
ger$d (Suhming i fun), 342 logical conclusion, 197
present participle (I[s] are winning), 3l necessity, 193
as adiective (an intqesing booh), 276 Musa 195, 197
'?'oa,
in tenses (sEE Progressive verbs)
spelling,29,3l N
In otdet ,o,361
lntetesaed \\. intercstina, 27 6 Neady,229
Intransitive and tansitive verbs, 263 Negatives:
Irregular noun plurals (nmane, fxh), ed\etbs Gedom, nc1,y't), lO
t47,166 be + not, 3
Irregular verbs (ear, are, eakn),llst,32 be + not + going
to, 56
,r, to express distance (h i two miles . . .), l)l past progressive (?rark 42
el"" ,or,
,, + infinitive (I s rdsJ tn .to), 351 35A pres.Dtp.fiect (haslha e l,ot), 87
,, + ,a&e (lengrh oftime), 132 present progressive (ar, /i/are not), 3
,,s vs, ,'r's, 168 shoud + not (shouldn\), r90
simple past (dd ,rt), 26
sirlrple prcsent (dnesldo ,Dt), 1,20
J @iA + not (z!,on't), 60
Jzs,, 90 (sEE AlJo Cont actions ofverbs)
Jut(as...as),229 NeitheL 216
Neoei 90, 2lgfn.
L Non-action (nonprogressive) verbs (Arar,
The leaal, 246 uant, bebng), 17
Iass,..,hon,24l Noncount nouns (Jturz;am, mail),292 291,
I4t's,203 295,3OO,302
L;he, alihe, 252 units of measure with (&w cups of tea), 302
Lihe.,. better,2O4 used as count flouns (ra?er vs. a paO.t),30O
L;he, looe, 347[n. No, (sEE Negatives)
(A) littlel(o\ Ieut, 297 Noaas...as,24l
I-ogical conclusion, I 97 Noun clsuses,370 389
with ilwhether, 37 6, 3a9
M with questior vrords (io, a, he said), 17 |
reported speech, sequence oftenses, 388
Ma,x. cl^use, 48, 221, 32Vn. ,nirh that (I thinh rhat . . .), 3?9-3a0
Maiylrnuch, 297
Nouns:
Mat, L?A,la2 count/fl oncount (rrairr f1lrniture), 292-?07
permission, 182, 187
plural forms, 13, 147, 158
polite question, 187 possessive (lbn 'r), 166
possibility, 62, 182 pronunciation offinal -r, 149
Marbq62,190 as subjects and obiects, 151
vs. mq be, 182
used as adiectives (arToro?r gaden), 162
Measure, units of (a crp ol a picce of), 302
Midsentence edverbs (usualb, sedon), lO,
e0,396f,t. o
M;Aht,178,182 Object pronouns, personal (hitt, thefi\, 164
Modal auxilia es, 178-204 (sEE Ar-so in adjective clauses (rbrofi I fiet),324
individual items) Objects:
in p.ssive,269 ola preposition (rr rl,e &rA), 153
tag questions with, 199 of a *rb (is readins a book), l5l
MoteLct . . . thon, 233,235,239 Or., as time preposiEon (ofl Mo d.alt\, 156
Trre m$t/as4 233, 235, 246 One of + plvral rro\JJr,246
426 NDEX
Ot,210 list, 153,402 403
Othe\ l7l,173,176 obiects of, 153
Ought to, l7A,l90 tgr ofplace, 157
vs. time, word order, 154/n., 157
placement in adjective clauses, 332
P placement in information questions! I 14
Parallel strucrure wit}l dnd, but, ot,208,210 in stative passive (r? maftied td,271
with verbs (zudltu a,?d .alhs,is walhing and of rirne (in, on, ar), 156
talhins),77 used as par cle in phrasal vetb\ t put ofl,
Particles, in phnsal verbs (put awdy),398 put on), 398
Participial adiectives (interested vs. interesring), Presenr participle (€ar,rA), 3l
276 as adjective (inttresling), 27 6
Partitives (sEE Units ofmeasure) !s. gerund,342
Passive (L uas nailed by Bob\, 25a Present perfect (,/,d2,€ eaten), al loa
,]-phrase, use o! 258, 265 defined, 94
modal auxiliaries (srorlt be nailed),269 vs. past perfect,395
s$rive (is marrbd), 271 Present time, 3 20 (sEE Ar,so Tenses)
summary offormsr 259 P ncipal parts ofa verb (eat, ate, eaten,
Pasr h^bit (I used to lizre in . . .), 52 eatinp\,3l
Past participles, de6ned,31, 81 Probablf,62
as adjectives (be *ed, be s*prised), 27t Progressive verbs (6c + -rrig), 3l
follo,Ning get (get rired),27I vs.non-action (1dm ,rinking vs. I think), 17
vs. -i g (intercsted vs. interesifig), 27 6 pasr (wdr dains), 42
of irregular verbsj list, 32 ptesent (i do;ne), 3, 7 2, 98
in passivej 258 259 present pedect (ias bern doind, 99-l0l
Past pedect (ldd 1en, 108 Pronouns:
vs. present perfect, 395 in ad,ective clauses (z.,ro, uhih),322,
Past prosressive (zrds earnd, 42 324,327
vs. past pede€t, 396 contmctions witl (sEE ConEactions)
Past time, 26 52 (sEE Airo Tenses) personal (1, t&€rr), 164
Period, 208 possessive (n me, r&er'rs)J 168
Pe^onal pronouns (rne, hin, thei, 164 reflexive (nlself, themsebes), 169
Phrasal verbsJ list, 399-400 used as expressions ofquanriq (mary,
intransitive,39S some),306
nonseparable, 398 Pronulciation:
separableJ 398 -ed,39
three-word,398 -s/-es, 149
Phrase, deined, 370r. Punctualion:
Pleose, lA7 , 20O aposEophe (?Z,n t), 166 (sEE Ar-so
Plural rouns, 13, 147 (sEE Ar"so Singular and Contractions)
pluIaI)
Polite questions using modals (Md., I2 in adverb clauses, 48, 221
Would )tot?), ta7, \89,204 vs. a period, 208
Possessive: in quoted speech,384
in adjective clauses (z!lrose), 336 in a series with dr?4 208
nouns (%mt), 166 period, 208
pronouns ard adjectives (mine and ,A), 16A quotation marksJ 384
befer,2O4 Ptrpose (in oftlet to, fot), 361
Prepositional phrases (on the desh\,153
Pteposiaons (at, from, under): a
combinations with verbs and adjeciives, 402 Quantity, expressions of (a lot, sateral),
followed by gerunds, 352 297,306
rNDEx 427
Question forms, I l4 Since lor, 83, 90, 94, 98
past progressive (zrerelo dohg2), 42 ^ndand plural:
Singular
present perfect (Idoe Jrou dnne?), 87
presefit perfect progressive (hale the! been nouns used as adjectives (f$1LV ga en:),162
drivins), eB personal pronouns (1, &.), 164
present progressive (are )ou doing?), 3 possessive nouns (rtrdenr's, studant:'), 168
simple past (aaro, do?), 26 Present tense verbs (earJ 13
simple present (do yol do?), 3 verbs in adiective clauses (man who is,
vtrt\ wit (uityo do?),60 men @ho are), 331
Questions, lll 140 So:
ln'tut/Jranor. @br, when), rrr,37 | wir\ and (and so do I), 216
po\ire (uoud tou pbasel), 187, 189-190 conjunction (/t r0us la&, so uE bf),212
possession (zrnore .d/ i t,,s?), 125 substituted for rrat-cla]use (I rhink so),382
tas (You hnou Bob, don\ tou?), r40 Sorrre, 292, 306
yes/no,20, 1ll,l14 So/aooleiahe neiaher, 21 6
Question words, l14, 134 (sEEAlso Noun Spelling:
clauses; individuel items) -ed,29
Quitc,229 arlasr, 235
Quotation marks, 384 -;nE,29
Quoted speech, 384, 387 a/-es, 14,147
Stative (non-action) verbs, l7r.
R Stetive passive (;r rflarried), 271
Recently,90 Srirr, 90, 396
Reflexive pronouns (ars€f ), 169 Subiect pronouns, personel (1, she, thqi, 164
Relative clauses (sEE Adiective clauses) in adieciive clruses (a nan who n, a book
Reported speech, 378 388 @hih uat), 322
Subiects, verbs, objects, l5l
Eansitive vs. inEansitive verbs, 263
s Subiect verb aSreement, 158
-S/-esr in ediective clauses, 331
with plural nouns (brrdi), 13,147,292 Superlatives, 233, 235, 246
pronunciation, I 49 Sul4tored ao, 285
with simple present verbs (edr, 3 s-v-o-P-T, 157
spelliog, 14
Sornc, si'f,ilaL difiercnl, Ehe, olihe,252
ScJ, vs. ,err, 389 T
-Sew-seloe-t, 169 Tag questions (yo, Azro Bob, don\ yu?), 140
Sequence oftenses, in noun clauses, 388 with modal auxiliaries, 199
Sel'eral, 297 la&e, with 4 ro exprcss length of time, I 32
Shall, 55fu. Tbl es. say, ash, 389
Short answe$ to questions, 20, 26, 42, 60, Tenses:
87, 111 past peiect (had worhed), loa
Stod4 178, 190 l9l past progressiv. (uere uorking), 42
Simple form of a verb, 3 I present perfect (,ao€ clorked), 83,87-94
Simple past,26 present perfect progressive (haoe been
defined, 94 uo*ing),98 l0l
vs. past progressive, 42 Present Progressive (,s rlorAirg), 3
vs. preseDr pcrfcc! 94 futulc mcanin8,72
Simple present, 3,20 simple future (r!,II @ori), 55
to express future time, 74 simple past (r.or&ed), 26, 31, 42, 94
in future time clauses, 68 simple present (!rorhr), 3
vs. present progressive, 4 future meaning, 68, 74
428 rNoEx
mon: w
in comparatives (rrrorel er), 233,239
Was, @ere, 26, 42
follo,ntng like bettet, TLruA rarher, 204 + -ins (was eannd, 42
That: WhaL Llg
in adiective clauses (lz Dook that 1rcad),
in noun clauses, 37o 389
322, 324, 327 , 332
uhat dbott, 138
in noun clauses (He rdrd that .. .),170,
uhat + a forfi of do, l2l
379 3a0,397 what...fo/,117
The,233,306 107 what hind ol, 123
with names, 3 [5 what ,ime vs. when, LL7
Their, ,het 'rc, there, 168 Whea:
Therc + be, 158 in nout clauses, J7l
77rir&, progressive vs. non-action, 17 in questions, I 14, I 17
Thinh so,382 in time clauses, 42, 48, 68
This + ,noifiing loJtcrnoon/eoening, 55 Where, ll4,ll7
Thrce-word verbs, 398 (sEE ALso Phrasal veds) in noun clauses, 370
Time clauses, defined, 48 Whethei 370,376,349
form, 48 Wh;ch:
future, 68 in adjective clauses, 327
pasr, 48
in noun clauses, 371
with $rre, 83 in questions, 123
Tbdq,, tonight, 55 While, 42,4a,6a
To . . . Jlorz, to express distance, 131 witl, t7a
To + simple form (infnit\ee),346-347 vs. be going ra, 65
(in ordzr) to,361
forms, 60
foo (excess amouno, 364 tuture,55
' ith and (and I do,oo),216 in polite questions, 189
Transitive and intransitiv€ verbs, 263
Two-word verbs, 398 (sEE AIso PhGsal 'uilJl Prcbablr, 62
with $. b,,355
verbs)
who/uho(,n)l
in adjective clauses, 322, 324,327, 332
U in Doun clauses, 371
Units ofmeasure (a .r? oL a piece of),302 in questions, I 14, 119
antil, 4A, 6a-69tn. who\ vs. uhlrse, 125,3361n.
Used ,o (past habit), 52 Whose:
vs. be used to, 284 in adiective clauses, 336
in noun clauses, 171
in quesrions, 125
Wty, I 17
parallel, 7? Why don't, 2o3
principal parts of,3l Word order (s-v-o-P-T), 158
reporting, 388-389 Vlottld, l7a
singular snd plural, in adjective contractions wih pronouns, 204
clauses, 331 in polite questioN, 189
vs. subiects and objects, l5l, 263 in reported speech, 388
transitive/intmnsitive, 263 Vr'odd rarher, 204
(sEE At-so Auxiliary verbs; Modal
arlxiliaries; Passive; Phmsal verbs;
Tenses; individual items) Y
Uery,24o Yes/no questions, 20, I I l) 114, 376
Vowels, l4lr., 290 Yet,90
rNDEx 420
´0
ACD10 CD TRヽ CmNG LIST
'ヽ
54 Ex● J∝ 44,p 134 Exerasc 39,p ,92
55 “
Exerd∝ 45,p 135
56 Lcrd,46,p l,,
57 Lc,cl,c47,P 135
58 Excrcise 48,p 136
59 1nで rcise 53,p 138
60 Ex∝ dsc 56,P 140
61 1ま ,7,p 141
62 口,・"d“
rci“ 59,P142
63 曝
64 `6sc 02,P
Excrcisc 61,p143
143
"ffi1fl:f"*t;l',',i:1'1SR*-o-,,-",,,..-"
Full lnrernational Edition with Answer Ke]: lsBN 978-0-13-231513-5
I
I
volume A: IStsN 978-o-r3 88358,
Volume B: ISBN 978-0-13-7r)7523-2
c
¨
Folow on Fobodd
.
﹂﹂︱ШⅢ
“″=
﹁﹁m
m肛
いm
¨
﹄ 8 9
﹁ つ == “ = = = = “ “ o
︲
︲
︲
︲
︲
︲
︲
︲
hteraotivo .onwa€, go 1o
︱
I ︲
m
︲
︲
︲
︲
Ⅲ
︲
︲
︲
︱
︲
︲
Ⅲ
Faceb@k.codva2acammar
︲
・
︲
︱
︲
︲
︱
︱
︲
Ⅲ
︱
︱︲ШⅢI︲︲ ︱
[ 2
Ⅲ
︲
︲
︲
︲
Ⅲ
,
糀
︱
︲
︲
︲
︲
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
︲
︲
︲
︲
︲
Ⅲ
ロ
Ⅲ
︲﹁
Ⅲ”
圃 鷲棚醐 緻脇 枇h興
m